Back to laws

Real Estate Property

Decree · 1930-11-12 · 270 articles

The High Commissioner of the French Republic, Having regard to the two Decrees of the French Republic issued on 23 November 1920 and 3 September 1926, Having regard to the provisions of the Ottoman laws (the Mecelle, the Land Law, and the Tapu Law), Having regard to the provisions of Decree No. 132 of 22 March 1922 and Decrees Nos. 186, 187, 188 and 189 of 15 March 1926, and Decree No. 285 of 5 May 1926, Has decreed the following:

Section 1

Immovable Property

Subsection 1

Definition of Immovable Property

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Categories of Immovable Property

ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Subsection 3

Rights That May Exist Over Immovable Property and Their Relationship with Their Holders

ARTICLE 10

Real Rights*

The following real rights may exist over immovable property:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf (right of disposition)
  3. 3)Superficie (surface right)
  4. 4)Usufruct
  5. 5)Right of priority over vacant waste lands
  6. 6)Real easements
  7. 7)Rights of pledge: mortgage (rahn) and sale with right of redemption
  8. 8)Privileges and charges
  9. 9)Waqf (endowment)
  10. 10)Double lease (ijaratain)
  11. 11)Long lease (emphyteusis)
  12. 12)Option arising from a sale with right of redemption.

1. في ما يتعلق بقسمة الأراضي الأميرية الموقوفة، راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 1/1329.

2. في ما يتعلق بجزئية الأراضي المشاعية، راجع القرار رقم 171 تاريخ 3/10/1926، المنشور مع الأحكام المتعلقة بالأراضي المشاعية.

3. راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 2/2/1328 المتعلق بتصرف الاشخاص المعنيين بالأموال غير المنقولة.

ARTICLE 20

Rights of a Co-owner in Jointly Held Property*

No co-owner of jointly held immovable property may exercise his rights over the entire property or over a specified portion of it without the consent of the remaining co-owners. Nor may he exercise any right whatsoever over a co-owner's share without that co-owner's permission; however, the consent of an absent co-owner shall be presumed to have been given at all times in matters relating to the management and administration of the property, provided no harm accruing to the absent co-owner from such management exceeds the value of his share, calculated at the minimum. This provision does not preclude the application of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 establishing the land registration system.

1. Regarding the establishment of concise rules for resolving co-ownership in properties having ten or more owners, see Law No. 16 of 6 March 1982, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 21

Determining the Manner of Enjoyment of Co-owned Property*

The co-owners shall, by mutual agreement, determine the manner of enjoyment of the co-owned property, and the fruits of the property shall be distributed in proportion to the respective shares, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 22

Payment of Expenses*

Each co-owner of jointly held property is obligated to pay, in proportion to his share, the costs of administration, repair, maintenance, and the taxes and levies applicable to the co-owned property. A co-owner who has advanced all or part of such expenses is entitled to recover them, unless they were incurred solely for the purpose of improving or beautifying the property, in which case they remain the liability of the person who incurred them.

ARTICLE 23

Disposition by a Co-owner of His Rights in the Property*

Each co-owner may freely dispose of his rights in the property; he may transfer them to a third party or create a charge over them without the consent of his co-owners, but he may not mortgage his share.

ARTICLE 24

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 25

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 26

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 27

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 84

Right to Create Easements*

Landowners may create over or for the benefit of their properties any easements they wish, provided that such easements are not imposed on persons or for the benefit of persons but rather on or for the benefit of land, and do not contravene public policy. The manner of use of such easements and their extent are defined by the instrument creating them; if no instrument exists, the following rules shall apply:

ARTICLE 143

Prohibition on Assignment of the Creditor's Right*

A creditor holding a charge may not assign his right to a third party without the debtor's express consent, unless the contract contains a clear provision authorising him to do so (for example, where the contract states that the charge is to bearer).

ARTICLE 144

Procedures for Assigning the Creditor's Right*

Assignment of the right is effected either by registration in the land register or in the charges register, or by endorsing the registration certificate. In the latter case, the endorser's signature must be officially certified in accordance with the provisions of Articles 59, 60, and 61 of Decree No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner of the French Republic on 15 March 1926.

ARTICLE 145

Right of Pursuit*

Holders of debts secured by a charge over an immovable may pursue it in whatever hands it passes and receive the amounts allocated to them, each according to his registered rank.

ARTICLE 193

Definition of Long Lease (Emphyteusis)*

A long lease (emphyteusis / muqata'a) is a contract whereby its holder acquires, for a specified consideration, the right to erect whatever buildings and make whatever plantings he wishes on waqf property; and he may thereby acquire exclusive ownership of those buildings and plantings within the conditions specified in Article 196.

1. i.e., 'd'une manière exclusive' — exclusively.

ARTICLE 194

Long Lease with Muqata'a*

The long lease with muqata'a — that is, with a fixed annual payment — is the only contract authorised; no other contract is permitted.

ARTICLE 195

Consideration and Rights Arising from Long-Lease Contracts*

The consideration shall be a specified sum of money equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity at the rate of two and a half per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax. The rights arising from long-lease contracts other than muqata'a, acquired prior to the entry into force of this Decree, must be redeemed by purchase pursuant to the provisions of Decree No. 80 of 29 December 1926.

1. أي: بالاستقلال d'une manière exclusive

ARTICLE 196

Acquisition of Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the right of muqata'a may at any time acquire ownership of the property for a purchase price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 197

Muqata'a Contract*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding a muqata'a contract.

ARTICLE 198

Definition of the Ownership Rights of the Muqata'a Holder*

The holder of the right of muqata'a is the owner of the buildings erected and the plantings made on the waqf property; he uses, enjoys, and disposes of them with full freedom as an owner. He may specifically transfer them with or without consideration, mortgage them, create a charge over them, create a waqf over them, or impose any other real right or easement within the limits of his right.

ARTICLE 199

The Endowed Land*

The endowed land shall be treated as an appurtenance of the buildings erected on it and the plantings growing in it; the land is therefore included in any transfer, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 200

Transfer of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to freehold (milk) properties.

ARTICLE 201

Forfeiture of the Muqata'a Holder's Right*

If no trace whatsoever of buildings or plantings remains on the land, the right of the muqata'a holder is forfeited if he fails to rebuild those buildings or replant within three years following a notice served on him by the waqf trustee, or if he fails to pay three years' due annual annuity. Forfeiture of the right in these two cases is declared by court order.

ARTICLE 202

Extinction of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is extinguished by consolidation of rights in the same person, by forfeiture of the right by its holder, or by extinction of the heirs; in all three cases the right reverts to the waqf.

ARTICLE 203

Provisions Applicable to Rights of Ijaratain and Long Lease*

The provisions relating to co-ownership and partition apply to the rights of ijaratain and long lease (muqata'a).

ARTICLE 232

Law Applicable to Foreigners*

The provisions of local law relating to gifts apply to foreigners.

1. See the provisions on gifts in the Code of Obligations and Contracts issued on 9 March 1932, in particular Articles 504 to 532 thereof.

ARTICLE 233

Capacity to Create a Waqf and Form of the Constitutive Instrument*

The capacity to create a waqf and the form of its constitutive instrument are governed by the provisions of local law.

Section 2

Subsection 1

Rights of Ownership

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Tasarruf (Right of Disposition)

ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Subsection 3

Co-ownership of Real Rights

ARTICLE 10

Real Rights*

The following real rights may exist over immovable property:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf (right of disposition)
  3. 3)Superficie (surface right)
  4. 4)Usufruct
  5. 5)Right of priority over vacant waste lands
  6. 6)Real easements
  7. 7)Rights of pledge: mortgage (rahn) and sale with right of redemption
  8. 8)Privileges and charges
  9. 9)Waqf (endowment)
  10. 10)Double lease (ijaratain)
  11. 11)Long lease (emphyteusis)
  12. 12)Option arising from a sale with right of redemption.

1. في ما يتعلق بقسمة الأراضي الأميرية الموقوفة، راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 1/1329.

2. في ما يتعلق بجزئية الأراضي المشاعية، راجع القرار رقم 171 تاريخ 3/10/1926، المنشور مع الأحكام المتعلقة بالأراضي المشاعية.

3. راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 2/2/1328 المتعلق بتصرف الاشخاص المعنيين بالأموال غير المنقولة.

ARTICLE 20

Rights of a Co-owner in Jointly Held Property*

No co-owner of jointly held immovable property may exercise his rights over the entire property or over a specified portion of it without the consent of the remaining co-owners. Nor may he exercise any right whatsoever over a co-owner's share without that co-owner's permission; however, the consent of an absent co-owner shall be presumed to have been given at all times in matters relating to the management and administration of the property, provided no harm accruing to the absent co-owner from such management exceeds the value of his share, calculated at the minimum. This provision does not preclude the application of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 establishing the land registration system.

1. Regarding the establishment of concise rules for resolving co-ownership in properties having ten or more owners, see Law No. 16 of 6 March 1982, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 21

Determining the Manner of Enjoyment of Co-owned Property*

The co-owners shall, by mutual agreement, determine the manner of enjoyment of the co-owned property, and the fruits of the property shall be distributed in proportion to the respective shares, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 22

Payment of Expenses*

Each co-owner of jointly held property is obligated to pay, in proportion to his share, the costs of administration, repair, maintenance, and the taxes and levies applicable to the co-owned property. A co-owner who has advanced all or part of such expenses is entitled to recover them, unless they were incurred solely for the purpose of improving or beautifying the property, in which case they remain the liability of the person who incurred them.

ARTICLE 23

Disposition by a Co-owner of His Rights in the Property*

Each co-owner may freely dispose of his rights in the property; he may transfer them to a third party or create a charge over them without the consent of his co-owners, but he may not mortgage his share.

ARTICLE 24

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 25

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 26

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 27

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 84

Right to Create Easements*

Landowners may create over or for the benefit of their properties any easements they wish, provided that such easements are not imposed on persons or for the benefit of persons but rather on or for the benefit of land, and do not contravene public policy. The manner of use of such easements and their extent are defined by the instrument creating them; if no instrument exists, the following rules shall apply:

ARTICLE 143

Prohibition on Assignment of the Creditor's Right*

A creditor holding a charge may not assign his right to a third party without the debtor's express consent, unless the contract contains a clear provision authorising him to do so (for example, where the contract states that the charge is to bearer).

ARTICLE 144

Procedures for Assigning the Creditor's Right*

Assignment of the right is effected either by registration in the land register or in the charges register, or by endorsing the registration certificate. In the latter case, the endorser's signature must be officially certified in accordance with the provisions of Articles 59, 60, and 61 of Decree No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner of the French Republic on 15 March 1926.

ARTICLE 145

Right of Pursuit*

Holders of debts secured by a charge over an immovable may pursue it in whatever hands it passes and receive the amounts allocated to them, each according to his registered rank.

ARTICLE 193

Definition of Long Lease (Emphyteusis)*

A long lease (emphyteusis / muqata'a) is a contract whereby its holder acquires, for a specified consideration, the right to erect whatever buildings and make whatever plantings he wishes on waqf property; and he may thereby acquire exclusive ownership of those buildings and plantings within the conditions specified in Article 196.

1. i.e., 'd'une manière exclusive' — exclusively.

ARTICLE 194

Long Lease with Muqata'a*

The long lease with muqata'a — that is, with a fixed annual payment — is the only contract authorised; no other contract is permitted.

ARTICLE 195

Consideration and Rights Arising from Long-Lease Contracts*

The consideration shall be a specified sum of money equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity at the rate of two and a half per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax. The rights arising from long-lease contracts other than muqata'a, acquired prior to the entry into force of this Decree, must be redeemed by purchase pursuant to the provisions of Decree No. 80 of 29 December 1926.

1. أي: بالاستقلال d'une manière exclusive

ARTICLE 196

Acquisition of Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the right of muqata'a may at any time acquire ownership of the property for a purchase price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 197

Muqata'a Contract*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding a muqata'a contract.

ARTICLE 198

Definition of the Ownership Rights of the Muqata'a Holder*

The holder of the right of muqata'a is the owner of the buildings erected and the plantings made on the waqf property; he uses, enjoys, and disposes of them with full freedom as an owner. He may specifically transfer them with or without consideration, mortgage them, create a charge over them, create a waqf over them, or impose any other real right or easement within the limits of his right.

ARTICLE 199

The Endowed Land*

The endowed land shall be treated as an appurtenance of the buildings erected on it and the plantings growing in it; the land is therefore included in any transfer, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 200

Transfer of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to freehold (milk) properties.

ARTICLE 201

Forfeiture of the Muqata'a Holder's Right*

If no trace whatsoever of buildings or plantings remains on the land, the right of the muqata'a holder is forfeited if he fails to rebuild those buildings or replant within three years following a notice served on him by the waqf trustee, or if he fails to pay three years' due annual annuity. Forfeiture of the right in these two cases is declared by court order.

ARTICLE 202

Extinction of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is extinguished by consolidation of rights in the same person, by forfeiture of the right by its holder, or by extinction of the heirs; in all three cases the right reverts to the waqf.

ARTICLE 203

Provisions Applicable to Rights of Ijaratain and Long Lease*

The provisions relating to co-ownership and partition apply to the rights of ijaratain and long lease (muqata'a).

ARTICLE 232

Law Applicable to Foreigners*

The provisions of local law relating to gifts apply to foreigners.

1. See the provisions on gifts in the Code of Obligations and Contracts issued on 9 March 1932, in particular Articles 504 to 532 thereof.

ARTICLE 233

Capacity to Create a Waqf and Form of the Constitutive Instrument*

The capacity to create a waqf and the form of its constitutive instrument are governed by the provisions of local law.

Subsection 4

Superficie

ARTICLE 28

Right of Superficie*

Superficie is the right of ownership in buildings, structures, or plantings standing on land belonging to another person.

1. في ما يتعلق بتحديد أصول موجزة لإزالة الشيوع في العقارات التي يبتعد مالكوها العشرة، راجع القانون رقم 16 تاريخ 1982/3/6

ARTICLE 29

Transfer of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie may be transferred and may be the subject of a charge. An easement may be imposed over property subject to a right of superficie, but only within the limits compatible with the exercise of that right of superficie.

ARTICLE 30

Extinction of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie is extinguished:

  1. 1)By consolidation with the right of ownership of the land in the same persons and in the same proportions of ownership.
  2. 2)By the total destruction of the buildings or structures, or by the destruction or disappearance of the plantings, that form the subject-matter of the right.
  3. 3)Buildings or structures that have become unfit for the use for which they were intended are deemed to be destroyed; the holder of the superficie may not rebuild them for renewed use, nor may he restore the plantings after his right has been extinguished. Nor may the holder of the right of superficie add any new structures.
  4. 4)The right of superficie remains confined to the buildings, structures, or plantings originally covered by the right.
  5. 5)Where it is established that the existence of the right of superficie impedes the exploitation of the land or its security, or that the benefit expected from it is so slight as to be disproportionate to the economic loss thereby caused to the land.
  6. 6)The land registrar shall cancel the right of superficie by administrative act in the case provided for in paragraph (1) of this article.
  7. 7)In all other cases, the extinction of the right of superficie is established by a judgment having the force of res judicata, rendered upon an action brought by the landowner before the civil single judge who applies the procedural rules governing urgent matters.
  8. 8)The landowner is required to pay the holder of the right of superficie compensation assessed by the competent court, not exceeding three times the value of the buildings, structures, or plantings subject to the right as at the date of commencement of the proceedings, in the cases set out in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this article.
Amended 2001
ARTICLE 31

Creation of the Right of Superficie*

No right of superficie may be created except as from the date of entry into force of this Decree.

ARTICLE 85

Use of Easements*

Whoever has created an easement is deemed to have implicitly granted everything necessary for its exercise. Thus the right to draw water from a spring necessarily includes the right of way over the land where the spring is located.

ARTICLE 86

Structures Necessary for the Exercise and Maintenance of the Easement*

The owner of the dominant tenement has the right to construct in the servient tenement all structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement.

ARTICLE 87

Costs of Structures*

The costs of structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement shall be borne by the owner of the dominant tenement.

ARTICLE 88

Subdivision of the Dominant Tenement*

If the dominant tenement is subdivided, the right of easement shall remain attached to each part of it without thereby increasing the burden on the servient tenement. For example, in the case of a right of way, all of the co-owners of the property must use the same route.

ARTICLE 89

Limitation of Use of the Easement*

The owner of the servient tenement may not carry out any act aimed at diminishing the use of the easement or making it more burdensome. In particular, he may not change the situation of the land or move the easement to a location other than that originally assigned to it. However, if the easement in its original location has become more burdensome for the owner of the servient tenement or prevents him from making useful improvements, he may offer the owner of the dominant tenement a location equally convenient for the exercise of his rights; and the latter may not refuse such an offer. Every holder of an easement may use it only in accordance with the terms of the instrument creating it, and may not carry out on his own land or on the servient tenement any act that would aggravate the burden on that tenement.

ARTICLE 146

Disposition of Charged Property*

The debtor or the depositary may freely dispose of the charged property and may, in accordance with the rules set out below, discharge the obligation before maturity without the consent of the creditors holding charges.

ARTICLE 147

Sale of Charged Property*

If the debtor sells the property or the right subject to a charge after the charge agreement is concluded, the third party to whom the property is transferred, who is a party to the proceedings, has the option either to pay the pursuing creditor the full capital with interest and costs, or to submit to the procedures of compulsory expropriation initiated by the creditor.

ARTICLE 148

Deterioration of Charged Property*

If the charged property or properties suffer deterioration or damage rendering them insufficient as security for the creditor, the creditor is entitled to demand immediate repayment of his capital following a court declaration of insufficiency, or to demand additional security. Insurance indemnities shall in principle be applied to restore the property to its former state, subject to their being sufficient for that purpose. Restoration shall be carried out and the funds disbursed under the supervision of the creditor or creditors holding charges on terms agreed between them and the debtor; if no agreement is reached, the matter is decided by the court. If the insurance indemnity is insufficient, or if the debtor renounces restoration of the property, the indemnity shall be paid to the holders of privileged debts and charges entitled to participate in the distribution, each according to his debt rank; the debtor's right to the benefit of the term shall be reduced by the amount of such payment.

ARTICLE 149

Action for Damages*

If the person to whom the charged property is transferred makes alterations to the property, damage resulting from his acts or neglect that prejudices the creditors holding charges entitles them to bring an action for damages against him. He, for his part, may claim expenses he deemed it necessary to incur for the maintenance and upkeep of the property.

ARTICLE 234

Definition of Occupation (Istighal)*

Occupation grants the first occupant, by virtue of a legal permit from the State, the right to be preferred over all others in acquiring the right of tasarruf over vacant waste land.

ARTICLE 235

Right to Register the Tasarruf*

A holder of a right of priority who proves, after three years, that he has cultivated the land, erected buildings thereon, made plantings, or improved it within the conditions set out in the special regulations governing State property, acquires free of charge the right to register the tasarruf in respect of the part he has cultivated, planted, built upon, or improved; however, he forfeits the right of tasarruf if, after registration, he abandons the exercise of his right for three consecutive years during the ten years following registration.

ARTICLE 236

Prohibition on Acquiring Rights Over Registered Property*

Occupation does not confer any right whatsoever over property already registered in the land register or under the administration of State property, nor over forests, public dedicated lands, or protected public domain lands.

ARTICLE 237

Division of Treasure Trove*

Treasure found in the ground shall be divided as follows: three-fifths to the landowner, one-fifth to the finder, and the remaining fifth to the public treasury, subject to the restrictions set out in the applicable laws and regulations concerning mines and antiquities.

Subsection 5

Usufruct

Subsubsection 1Obligations of the Usufructuary Before Taking Possession
ARTICLE 35

Obligations of the Usufructuary*

Before taking possession of the usufruct, the usufructuary is required:

  1. 1)To draw up an inventory of the properties.
  2. 2)To provide adequate security for due performance of his obligations.
  3. 3)He may be relieved of these two obligations by the instrument by which the right of usufruct is created.
ARTICLE 36

Drawing Up the Property Inventory*

The inventory of the properties must be drawn up in the presence of the owner or upon proper legal notice to him, and must be executed before a notary at the expense of the usufructuary; provided, however, that the usufructuary may agree with the owner of the bare property, if both parties are of age and have full legal capacity, to substitute a mere visual inspection in lieu of the formal inventory and without any charge.

ARTICLE 37

Delay in Furnishing Security*

If security is furnished late, the fruits collected by the owner of the property in the interim shall be restored to the usufructuary. Security may be replaced by a pledge or a charge over assets deemed sufficient.

ARTICLE 38

Failure to Provide Security*

If the usufructuary provides neither security nor any other guarantee, the properties over which he holds the right of usufruct shall be leased or a judicial guardian shall be appointed for them, his remuneration being paid out of the fruits of the property.

ARTICLE 63

Definition of Legal Easements for Public Benefit*

Legal easements for the public benefit — whether their purpose is to enable access to the seashore and the banks of watercourses, or to ensure or facilitate the mission of public roads or public utilities, and their maintenance, use, and, in particular, military land or naval installations — are defined in special laws and regulations.

ARTICLE 120

Definition of a Charge*

A charge (tamin) is a real right over immovable properties designated to secure the performance of an obligation; it is indivisible by nature and subsists in its entirety over the designated properties and over each of them and over each part thereof, following them in whatever hands they pass.

ARTICLE 121

Things Capable of Being Charged*

Only the following things, and no others, are capable of bearing a charge:

  1. 1)Built and unbuilt immovables capable of being bought and sold, together with all appurtenances regarded as immovables.
  2. 2)Rights of usufruct over the same immovables and appurtenances for the duration of such rights.
  3. 3)Rights of double lease (ijaratain) and of muqata'a.
  4. 4)The right of superficie.

1. ان حرف "او" لم يرد ما يقابلها بالنص الفرنسي.

ARTICLE 122

Charge Over Co-owned Property*

A charge created by a co-owner over jointly held property without the consent of the other co-owners passes, upon partition, to the share falling to his lot; the amounts owed to the co-owner as a result of equalisation of shares, or the amounts due to him from the proceeds of sale of the property to the other co-owners, shall be applied to discharge the charge.

ARTICLE 123

Acquired Charge*

An acquired charge extends to buildings, plantings, or improvements effected in the charged property.

ARTICLE 124

Determination of Rank of Charge for Interest and Instalments*

A creditor registered for a capital sum bearing interest or subject to instalments has the right to have his interest and instalments (for the year that became due on the date the enforcement was requested and for the current year, subject to the total not exceeding two years' interest) ranked equally with the charge registered for the capital, provided that this right derives from the same contract, that it is registered, and that the interest rate is stated in the registration.

ARTICLE 125

Charge Registered in the Land Register*

Every charge duly registered in the land register retains its rank and validity without need for any further formality, until a valid release deed is registered in the same register.

ARTICLE 126

Effect of a Charge*

A charge is either compulsory or voluntary. In both cases it has no legal effect until it is registered.

ARTICLE 127

Multiple Charges Over a Single Property*

Several charges may be created over a single property, whether compulsory or voluntary; their rank is determined by the date of their registration in the land register.

Subsubsection 2Rights of Use and Enjoyment Belonging to the Usufructuary
ARTICLE 39

Definition of the Right of Use*

The usufructuary has the right to use the property, meaning to employ the immovable for his own benefit or for his personal needs. This right extends to the same degree as the right of the owner and includes the right to use the easement, the right of way, and the right of watercourse and canal, provided the owner has not already leased those rights prior to the creation of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 40

Fruits of the Property*

The usufructuary is entitled to the fruits of the property, that is, the natural and civil produce yielded by the property at regular periodic intervals without diminishing its substance (including the letting of the rights of way and canal). The proceeds of mines already opened and worked, quarries, and peat deposits are treated as fruits, if those proceeds were previously accruing to the owner of the property (provided the mine or quarry was opened before commencement of the usufruct), and so are timber trees if they were harvested at regular intervals (for consumption as firewood or for sale).

ARTICLE 41

Distribution of Fruits*

At the commencement and at the termination of the usufruct, the fruits that have not yet been gathered, or the value of any that may have been sold ungathered, shall be apportioned between the usufructuary and the owner in proportion to the period during which the usufruct was in existence and the period during which it was not in existence (taking into account the production period of annual or non-annual fruits). Neither the owner nor the usufructuary has a right of recovery against the other in respect of costs of ploughing, while the cost of seeds and seed corn used in preparing the harvest at the commencement or termination of the usufruct shall be charged to the other party.

ARTICLE 42

Lease of Property Subject to a Right of Usufruct*

The usufructuary is bound to respect leases entered into by the owner before the usufruct. As for leases entered into by the usufructuary, they shall not be binding on the owner after three years from the termination of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 43

Transfer and Extinction of the Right of Usufruct*

The usufructuary may transfer his right gratuitously or for value, unless the instrument creating the usufruct contains provisions to the contrary. After transfer, the right of usufruct remains vested in the transferor, provided the transferor has discharged his obligations towards the owner of the bare property. The right of usufruct is extinguished upon the death of the transferor, not upon the death of the transferee.

ARTICLE 64

Definition of Legal Easements for Private Benefit*

Every landowner must build his roofs so that rainwater falls on his own land or onto the public road, except in cases of application of the special regulations relating to roads; he may not drain such water onto adjacent land.

ARTICLE 65

Compliance with Local Regulations*

Every landowner wishing to carry out on his land works likely to cause damage to adjacent land — such as excavations, well-sinking, boring, establishment of hazardous depots, or installations noxious to health — must comply with local regulations that prescribe the distance to be maintained between himself and such adjacent land, or specify the barriers that must be erected between them.

ARTICLE 66

Conditions for Opening Windows and Apertures*

No owner may have a direct line of sight, windows, balconies, or similar projections over adjacent enclosed or unenclosed land belonging to another, unless a distance of two metres is maintained between the wall in which such opening or balcony is made and that land. If such distance is not available, windows may only be opened at a height of two metres and fifty centimetres above the floor of the room in which they are placed, if on the ground floor, and at a height of one metre and ninety centimetres above the floor of the room, if on an upper floor.

ARTICLE 67

Oblique View*

No owner may have an oblique or lateral view over adjacent enclosed or unenclosed land belonging to another, unless a distance of half a metre is maintained between the wall in which the opening is made and the said land.

ARTICLE 68

Non-application of the Prohibition*

The prohibition set out in Articles 66 and 67 above does not apply to rooftop terraces or to windows opening onto public roads.

ARTICLE 69

Calculation of Distances*

The distance specified in Articles 66 and 67 shall be measured from the outer face of the wall where the windows are located. In the case of balconies and other projections, it shall be measured from their outer line to the boundary separating the two properties.

ARTICLE 70

Requirement of a Permit*

No owner of a party wall may raise or build on it without the permission of his co-owner. However, he may, on his property's side, lean against the party wall or build against it arches or structures and other buildings up to the maximum load the wall can bear.

ARTICLE 71

Renunciation of the Co-ownership Right*

No party is required to contribute to the construction of a new section of a party wall for a neighbouring party. However, if one co-owner raises a wall with the permission of the other party, that other party, if it has not contributed any expense, shall have the right to acquire a co-ownership interest in the newly constructed portion of the party wall, on condition that it pays half of the cost and, if necessary, also pays half the value of the land used to increase the thickness of the wall.

ARTICLE 72

Provisions on Repairs and Renovations*

If the floors of a building belong to different owners, repairs and renovations are governed by the following rules, unless there are contrary conditions set out in the title deeds: – The cost of major walls and roofs shall be borne by all owners of the property, each in proportion to the value of the floor he owns. – Each owner of a floor shall bear the cost of the floor slab on which he walks. – The owner of the first floor shall bear the cost of the staircase leading to that floor, and the owner of the second floor shall bear the cost of the staircase leading to it beginning from the first floor, and so on.

1. Pursuant to Article 18 of the Law of 24 December 1962, the provisions of Article 72 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930 do not apply to buildings registered in land registry dossiers.

ARTICLE 73

Plantings*

A landowner may have large and small trees close to the boundaries of adjacent land; the owner of that adjacent land has the right, however, to cut off any branches that overhang his land. Trees of all kinds and sizes may be planted abutting the dividing wall on either side, without observing any distance between the wall and the plantings, provided that such plantings do not exceed the height of the wall. If the wall is not a party wall, only its owner has the right to lean plantings against it.

1. وفقاً لنص المادة 18 من قانون 24/12/1962 لا تطبق أحكام المادة 72 من القرار رقم 3339 تاريخ 1303/11/12 على الأبنية المقيمة بالدوائر العقارية.

ARTICLE 74

Right of Way Over Adjacent Land*

The owner of property enclosed on all sides, having no access to the public road, is entitled to demand a right of way over the adjacent land upon payment of compensation proportionate to the damage that may be caused. The same right is granted to the owner of property that has only an inadequate means of access for its agricultural or industrial exploitation.

ARTICLE 75

Determination of the Right of Way*

The right of way must generally be located on the side where the distance from the enclosed land to the public road is the shortest. However, the right of way must be fixed at the point where its opening would cause the least harm to the owner of the land over which it is granted.

ARTICLE 76

Impossibility of Opening a Right of Way*

If land becomes enclosed on all sides as a result of subdivision following a sale, exchange, partition, or any other transaction, a right of way may only be claimed over the land that was the subject of those transactions. However, if it is impossible to open an adequate right of way in the divided land, Article 74 shall then apply.

ARTICLE 77

Passage of Water Through Intermediate Land*

Any owner of property wishing to irrigate his land using natural or artificial water over which he has a right of disposition may, upon payment of compensation, obtain the passage of that water through the intermediate land lying between his land and the source of water supply.

ARTICLE 78

Obtaining a Licence*

The owner referred to in the preceding article may also obtain a licence, upon payment of advance compensation, authorising water that flows from his land to continue thereafter across the lands situated below it.

ARTICLE 79

Licence to Abut Engineering Structures*

Subject to the regulatory provisions relating to water intakes, any owner of land adjacent to a watercourse, who wishes to use the water to irrigate his land, may obtain, upon payment of advance compensation, a licence to abut the engineering structures necessary to construct a water intake on the land situated opposite his property on the other bank of the watercourse.

ARTICLE 80

Costs of Construction and Maintenance*

If the owner of the land to which the engineering structures are to be abutted requests to share in the use of the dam, he shall bear half the costs of construction and maintenance. In addition, he may not, in that case, claim any compensation for the abutment of the dam on his land; if he has already received compensation, he must repay it.

ARTICLE 81

Drainage of Water*

Every owner of property wishing to drain his land by draining its water or by any method of drainage may, upon payment of advance, fixed, and immediate compensation, drain that water under or over the intermediate lands between his land and any watercourse or any other outlet for the water; excepted from this easement are houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings.

ARTICLE 82

Existing Structures*

Owners of adjacent land, or land over which the water flows, have the right to use structures established pursuant to the preceding article for draining their land; in such cases they are obligated to pay:

  1. 1)A share of the construction costs proportionate to the benefit they derive from them.
  2. 2)Expenses resulting from any modifications that may need to be made to accommodate this right.
  3. 3)Their proportionate share, in the future, of the costs of maintaining those structures, which thereby become jointly owned.
ARTICLE 83

Jurisdiction of the Magistrate's Court to Settle Disputes*

Disputes arising from the creation of this easement and its exercise, from the determination of the course of the water, from the carrying out of works necessary for draining or drainage, or from compensation and maintenance costs, shall be referred to the district magistrate's court, which shall, in rendering its decision, balance the interests of the project with respect for the right of ownership.

ARTICLE 128

Voluntary Charge Agreement*

A voluntary charge may only be created by a person who has the capacity to dispose of the property or the right being charged.

ARTICLE 129

Judicial Authorisation*

A charge may not be created over the rights of incapacitated persons or interdicted persons except for the reasons and by the procedures laid down in the legislation governing their personal status. As for the rights of absent persons, so long as custody is established on a temporary basis no charge may be created over them without judicial authorisation.

ARTICLE 130

Charge Over Future Property*

A charge may not be created over property to be acquired in the future.

Subsubsection 3Obligations of the Usufructuary During His Enjoyment of the Property
ARTICLE 44

Enjoyment of the Property*

The usufructuary must enjoy the property as a prudent and diligent person would, and must notify the owner of any trespass or interference by third parties with the property (failing which he shall be liable for any harm suffered by the owner). He must also keep in force any insurance policy previously taken out and pay the insurance premiums. The usufructuary must, in using and enjoying the property, follow the instructions of previous owners, particularly as regards the purpose for which buildings are used, the method of cultivating the land, and the exploitation of forests and quarries; provided, however, that he may cultivate waste land and, generally, improve agricultural methods.

ARTICLE 45

Real Property Taxes*

All real property taxes of whatever nature are charged to the usufructuary, as are the ordinary repairs necessary for the maintenance of the property. Major repairs — that is, repairs that renew part of the property and require extraordinary expenditure — are the liability of the owner of the bare property.

ARTICLE 46

Reconstruction or Repair of a Building*

Neither the owner of the bare property nor the usufructuary is obligated to rebuild what has collapsed through age or force majeure; however, if collapse results from a disaster and the destroyed property was insured in whole or in part, either the owner or the usufructuary may request that the insurance indemnity be applied to rebuilding or repairing the property.

ARTICLE 47

Reduction of Income*

If a debt must be paid that requires the sacrifice of part of the capital, the usufructuary is obligated to contribute to payment of the debt by reducing his income proportionally, in the following manner:

  1. 1)The owner may pay the required capital and the usufructuary shall owe him interest for the duration of the usufruct.
  2. 2)The usufructuary has the option of lending the capital, whereupon the owner is required to repay the capital (without interest) to the usufructuary upon termination of the usufruct.
ARTICLE 48

Enumeration of Shared Expenses*

The expenses shared between the owner and the usufructuary, as provided in the preceding article, are:

  1. 1)Costs of major repairs.
  2. 2)Extraordinary levies imposed on the property during the usufruct (e.g., a special war tax, compensation owed to a drainage contractor for draining swamps by order of the public authority, etc.).
  3. 3)The share chargeable to the properties when forming part of the estate of a deceased person, if the usufruct extended over all of that person's immovables. For the purpose of determining this share, the value of the properties enjoyed by the usufructuary shall, if necessary, be assessed in proportion to the total value of the estate.
ARTICLE 49

Secured Debt*

The usufructuary is not as a matter of principle liable for a debt secured by a charge over the property he enjoys.

ARTICLE 131

Definition of a Compulsory Charge*

A compulsory charge is one that is registered by operation of law, whether or not with the consent of the owner of the property, in the cases specified hereafter. Such a charge shall only be for a specified amount. The rights and debts for the security of which a compulsory charge may be created are:

  1. 1)Rights and debts of minors and interdicted persons: the compulsory charge is created over the property of their guardians.
  2. 2)Rights and debts of married women: the compulsory charge is created over the husband's immovables to secure the dower, marital rights, and compensation for obligations incumbent on the husband that arise after divorce.
  3. 3)Rights and debts of the State, municipalities, and public bodies: the compulsory charge is created over the immovables of accountable persons, and all the rights and debts of the State may have a compulsory charge created over the immovables of their debtors.
  4. 4)Rights and debts of the seller, exchanger, and co-partitioner of immovables: the compulsory charge is created over the property sold, exchanged, or partitioned, unless a voluntary charge is maintained to secure the full or partial payment of the price, the balance of the exchange, or the balance of the partition.
  5. 5)Rights and debts of creditors or legatees against an estate: the compulsory charge is created over the estate's immovables to secure separation of the testator's estate from the heir's assets.
Amended 1932
ARTICLE 132

Compulsory Charge*

A compulsory charge must always specify the secured amounts and the properties over which it is created.

ARTICLE 133

Compulsory Charge for the Benefit of Minors and Interdicted Persons*

The basis, extent, and conditions of a compulsory charge created for the benefit of minors and interdicted persons and their guardians are determined by the supervisory authority responsible for overseeing the management of guardianship, pursuant to the applicable legislative and administrative regulations.

ARTICLE 134

Compulsory Charge for the Benefit of a Married Woman*

The basis, extent, and conditions of a compulsory charge created for the benefit of a married woman may be expressly defined in the marriage contract drawn up before the competent authorities in accordance with the form and conditions prescribed by the applicable legislation. If no marriage contract is drawn up, or if the contract lacks the provisions necessary to establish the compulsory charge, the civil court having jurisdiction at the parties' place of domicile shall establish it.

ARTICLE 135

Extension and Reduction of Security Guarantees*

If the security guarantees granted to minors or interdicted persons, or to a married woman, prove to be insufficient, the authority designated in Article 133 may extend them in respect of minors and interdicted persons, and the court may do likewise in respect of married women. If those guarantees prove to be excessive, they may be reduced by the procedures indicated in the preceding paragraph.

ARTICLE 136

Charge Over the Properties of Accountable Persons and Debtors of the State*

A charge over the immovables of accountable persons shall be imposed by a decision of the Minister of Finance or the officer acting in his stead, and a charge may similarly be imposed over the immovables of the State's debtors.

Amended 1932
ARTICLE 137

Charge Over Properties Sold, Exchanged, or Transferred*

Sellers, exchangers, and co-partitioners of immovables are entitled to request, in the sale, exchange, or partition agreement, from the person with whom they are dealing, a charge over the properties sold, exchanged, or transferred, to secure the full or partial payment of the price, or the balance resulting from the exchange or partition. If there is no agreement providing for a voluntary charge, the seller, exchanger, or co-partitioner may obtain a compulsory charge by court order from the civil court located in the district where the said properties are situated.

ARTICLE 138

Preservation of Rights in Separation of Estates*

Creditors and legatees may preserve their rights in the separation of estates by means of a compulsory registration entered within six months from the opening of the estate. If registration is not entered within the said period, this right shall have no effect over the immovables. Registration is effected pursuant to a court order rendered in chambers, at the request of the interested parties and after hearing the public prosecution. It acquires rank only as from the date of its entry in the land registers, unless preceded by the provisional entry referred to in Article 139. The charge — whether registered at the request of one or more creditors or legatees, or at the request of some of them successively or simultaneously — inures to the benefit of all creditors and legatees without prejudice to any preference or priority previously established among them, and without creating any new grounds of preference or priority. This charge is binding on the personal creditors of the heir, and also on the testator's creditors and the legatees if they have not submitted a registration request before expiry of the period specified in the first paragraph of this article.

ARTICLE 139

Protective and Provisional Entries*

In the various cases of compulsory charges, the president of the court may, on application and where there is an urgent cause, order the entry of such protective or provisional registrations as may be required; these entries shall have effect only until the final judgment requiring registration is rendered. If the final judgment confirms all or only some of the entries, the charge, as finally defined, shall take rank from the date of the provisional entry.

Subsubsection 4Extinction of the Right of Usufruct
ARTICLE 50

Extinction of the Right of Usufruct*

The right of usufruct is extinguished upon expiry of its term, by the death of the usufructuary, by the total loss of the thing, by the usufructuary's renunciation, by judicial forfeiture for abuse, or by consolidation — that is, by the merger of the capacities of usufructuary and owner in the same person. Such extinction has no effect vis-à-vis third parties until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled. The right of usufruct passes, where appropriate, to the indemnity from insurance or from expropriation for public benefit.

ARTICLE 51

Expiry of the Usufruct Term*

Upon expiry of the usufruct term, the usufructuary is accountable to the owner for any damage caused to the property by his acts. He has no right to compensation for improvements effected without the owner's consent; however, where an improvement and damage have both occurred, a set-off shall be made between the two. As regards new constructions erected by the usufructuary and plantings made by him, the provisions of Article 218 of this Decree shall apply.

ARTICLE 52

Usufruct Over a Building and Usufruct Over All Property*

If the right of usufruct exists only over a building and that building is destroyed by fire, accident, or dilapidation, the usufructuary has no right to enjoy either the land or the building materials. The same applies if the usufruct encompasses all the property of which the building forms part, unless the final provisions of Article 46 above apply in either of the two cases mentioned.

ARTICLE 53

Judicial Forfeiture of the Usufructuary's Right*

The usufructuary may be judicially deprived of his right by court judgment, upon the application of the owner of the bare property, on grounds of abuse of rights of enjoyment, in particular if he has caused waste to the property or allowed it to deteriorate through neglect. In such proceedings, the usufructuary's creditors may intervene and offer to remedy the damage caused and to give guarantees for the future. The court may, according to the circumstances of the case, either order the absolute forfeiture of the right of usufruct or order that the property not be returned to the owner of the bare property except on condition that he pay annually to the usufructuary, or to whomever his right has passed, a fixed sum until the expiry date appointed for the termination of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 54

Sale of Property Subject to Usufruct*

If the owner of the bare property sells the property over which the usufruct exists, the sale in no way alters the usufructuary's right; the usufructuary continues to enjoy the property unless he has expressly renounced it.

ARTICLE 55

Rights of the Usufructuary's Creditors*

The usufructuary's creditors are entitled to apply to set aside a transfer of the usufruct where such transfer is prejudicial to their interests.

ARTICLE 140

Repealed by Article 4 of Law No. 76 of 3 April 1999.

Amended 1999
ARTICLE 141

Repealed by Article 4 of Law No. 76 of 3 April 1999.

Amended 1999
ARTICLE 142

Repealed by Article 4 of Law No. 76 of 3 April 1999.

Amended 1999
ARTICLE 32

Right of Usufruct*

Usufruct is a real right to use and enjoy a thing belonging to another, and it is extinguished ipso jure upon the death of the usufructuary. A right of usufruct may not be created in favour of legal persons.

ARTICLE 33

Creation of the Right of Usufruct*

A right of usufruct is created by the mere declaration of will and may be created for a term or subject to a condition.

ARTICLE 34

Rights Over Which a Usufruct May Be Created*

In real property matters, a right of usufruct may be created over the following rights:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf
  3. 3)Superficie
  4. 4)Double lease (ijaratain)
  5. 5)Long lease (emphyteusis).
ARTICLE 90

Extinction of Easements by Cancellation*

An easement is extinguished by cancellation of the registration entry. Cancellation is effected by agreement of the parties or by court order. The court may order cancellation if the easement is of no benefit or if it is impossible to enforce it.

ARTICLE 150

Extinction of Charge by Cancellation*

A charge is extinguished by cancellation. Cancellation takes effect:

  1. 1)By extinction of the obligation secured by the charge.
  2. 2)By the creditor's renunciation of his right.
ARTICLE 238

Definition of the Right of Pre-emption*

Pre-emption (shuf'a) is a right entitling its holder to substitute himself for the buyer in respect of the property sold, in the circumstances and on the conditions set out in the following articles. The right of pre-emption applies to freehold (milk) properties and to miri lands. Rights of preference (rujhan) and tapu rights under Ottoman land law are hereby abolished.

1. Pursuant to Article 5 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995 (concerning the amendment of certain provisions on pre-emption): 'The following provisions shall apply to pending actions at the date of entry into force of this Law: If the court finds that the right of pre-emption is based on a valid legal ground, the buyer from whom pre-emption is sought shall be awarded the compensation provided for in Article 249 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930. The buyer from whom pre-emption is sought may also be awarded compensation in addition to the pre-emption compensation, not exceeding 15% of the value of the property as assessed by the court on the date of entry into force of this Law. In such case, the pre-emptor may request the court to grant him a period for payment and to spread the additional compensation in instalments pursuant to Article 300 of the Code of Obligations and Contracts, subject to all instalments being paid no later than one year from the date of the judgment. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to actions that have been the subject of final and irrevocable judgments, whether or not enforcement has been sought. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to pre-emption actions brought after the entry into force of this Law.'

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 239

Establishment of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption vests:

  1. 1)In the owner of the bare property, if the right of usufruct is sold, whether the sale covers the entire right or part of it.
  2. 2)In a co-owner in jointly held property, if a share or more is sold to a person who is not a co-owner.
  3. 3)In the holder of the right of usufruct, if the bare ownership is sold, whether the sale covers the entire bare ownership or part of it.
  4. 4)All other rights of pre-emption that arose before the entry into force of this Law and have not yet been exercised are hereby extinguished.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 240

Competing Pre-emptors*

If pre-emptors from different categories compete, the right of pre-emption shall be exercised according to the order of priority set out in Article 239 above. If pre-emptors from the same category compete, the right of each shall be proportional to his share; if one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors may exercise the right in proportion to their respective shares.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 241

Repealed by Article 3 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 242

Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption belongs to the persons referred to in Article 239 whose title deed pre-dates the buyer's title deed.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 243

Transfer of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption passes upon the death of its holder to his heirs. It may not be transferred to a third party.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 244

Exercise of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised against the buyer or the donee for value. In the latter case, the right of pre-emption is subject to the same grounds of nullity, voidability, and cancellation as the gift itself. A pre-emption action does not lie in respect of an exchange of immovables or in respect of a sale between spouses, or between an ascendant and a descendant, or between brothers and sisters.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 245

Indivisibility of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is indivisible and may not be exercised or waived except in full. If there are multiple pre-emptors of equal rank and one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors must either all claim pre-emption or all waive it. However, if there are multiple buyers, the pre-emptor may take the share of one of them only.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 246

Forfeiture of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is forfeited:

  1. 1)If the pre-emptor fails to exercise it within the legal periods specified in the next two articles.
  2. 2)If the pre-emptor, prior to registration, expressly waives it in a written instrument of a duly established date that contains the name of the buyer, the price, and the conditions, and whose date does not pre-date registration by more than six months.
  3. 3)If the pre-emptor was the agent of the seller in the sale or a witness to the contract and signed without reservation.
  4. 4)If the pre-emptor expressly or impliedly waives his right after registration; however, after an action for pre-emption has been filed, such waiver is only valid with the buyer's consent.
Amended 1948
ARTICLE 247

Period for Exercising the Right of Pre-emption*

After registration of the property, the buyer may notify pre-emptors of the registration through the notary for persons domiciled in Lebanon, and in accordance with Article 362 of the Code of Civil Procedure for persons residing abroad, stating in the notice the property sold and its description, the date of registration, the names and addresses of the contracting parties, the price, and the contractual conditions. The pre-emptor must exercise his right within ten days of notification, after adding a period for distance, under penalty of forfeiture.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 248

Effect of Notification*

If the notification provided for in the preceding article has not been given, the right of pre-emption lapses after one year from the date of registration of the contract in the land register. This period runs against incapacitated persons and absent persons. The period referred to in this article and in the preceding article is only interrupted by the filing of a pre-emption action before the court having jurisdiction in the place where the property is situated, determined by the amount stated in the contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 249

Compensation in Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised on condition that the holder fully compensates the buyer. This compensation includes:

  1. 1)The sale price that must be reimbursed and actually deposited on the day the pre-emption action is filed at the latest, unless the registered contract provides for deferred payment. The offer and actual deposit shall be made in the registry of the competent court hearing the pre-emption action.
  2. 2)Contract expenses, including official registration fees and the agent's commission, provided this commission does not exceed the amount fixed by the legal schedule.
  3. 3)The value of improvements made to the property by the buyer's acts, without regard to economic appreciation resulting from market fluctuations.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 250

Transfer of the Pre-empted Property to a Third Party*

If the pre-empted property has been transferred to a third party by registration in the land register prior to the filing of the pre-emption action, pre-emption may only be exercised against the second buyer and on the conditions on which he purchased.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 251

Determination of the True Price*

If there is a dispute between the buyer and the holder of the right of pre-emption as to the amount of the price of the pre-empted property, the court shall determine the true price having regard to the value of the pre-empted property. The buyer may not be heard to claim that the price is higher than that stated in the registered contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 252

Acquisition by the Pre-emptor of the Right to Registration*

The right of pre-emption is established and the pre-emptor acquires the right to registration either by the buyer's voluntary delivery of the pre-empted property after payment of the price and its accessories as specified in Article 249, or by a judgment rendered in favour of the pre-emptor.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 253

Effects of Pre-emption*

The pre-emptor is deemed to have purchased from the buyer, and the pre-emption has between them the effects of a sale. The pre-emptor is not entitled to benefit from any deferred payment provided for in the contract for the buyer's benefit, unless the court so decides subject to such guarantees as it deems necessary. Where there is deferred payment as provided for in the contract, the court may not grant the pre-emptor a period for payment.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 254

Pre-emption of Waqf Property*

There is no right of pre-emption in respect of waqf property, nor in respect of a sale by public auction conducted by the administration or the courts.

Amended 1948
Section 3

Easements

Subsection 1

Natural Easements

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Legal Easements

Subsubsection 1Legal Easements for Public Benefit
ARTICLE 35

Obligations of the Usufructuary*

Before taking possession of the usufruct, the usufructuary is required:

  1. 1)To draw up an inventory of the properties.
  2. 2)To provide adequate security for due performance of his obligations.
  3. 3)He may be relieved of these two obligations by the instrument by which the right of usufruct is created.
ARTICLE 36

Drawing Up the Property Inventory*

The inventory of the properties must be drawn up in the presence of the owner or upon proper legal notice to him, and must be executed before a notary at the expense of the usufructuary; provided, however, that the usufructuary may agree with the owner of the bare property, if both parties are of age and have full legal capacity, to substitute a mere visual inspection in lieu of the formal inventory and without any charge.

ARTICLE 37

Delay in Furnishing Security*

If security is furnished late, the fruits collected by the owner of the property in the interim shall be restored to the usufructuary. Security may be replaced by a pledge or a charge over assets deemed sufficient.

ARTICLE 38

Failure to Provide Security*

If the usufructuary provides neither security nor any other guarantee, the properties over which he holds the right of usufruct shall be leased or a judicial guardian shall be appointed for them, his remuneration being paid out of the fruits of the property.

ARTICLE 63

Definition of Legal Easements for Public Benefit*

Legal easements for the public benefit — whether their purpose is to enable access to the seashore and the banks of watercourses, or to ensure or facilitate the mission of public roads or public utilities, and their maintenance, use, and, in particular, military land or naval installations — are defined in special laws and regulations.

ARTICLE 120

Definition of a Charge*

A charge (tamin) is a real right over immovable properties designated to secure the performance of an obligation; it is indivisible by nature and subsists in its entirety over the designated properties and over each of them and over each part thereof, following them in whatever hands they pass.

ARTICLE 121

Things Capable of Being Charged*

Only the following things, and no others, are capable of bearing a charge:

  1. 1)Built and unbuilt immovables capable of being bought and sold, together with all appurtenances regarded as immovables.
  2. 2)Rights of usufruct over the same immovables and appurtenances for the duration of such rights.
  3. 3)Rights of double lease (ijaratain) and of muqata'a.
  4. 4)The right of superficie.

1. ان حرف "او" لم يرد ما يقابلها بالنص الفرنسي.

ARTICLE 122

Charge Over Co-owned Property*

A charge created by a co-owner over jointly held property without the consent of the other co-owners passes, upon partition, to the share falling to his lot; the amounts owed to the co-owner as a result of equalisation of shares, or the amounts due to him from the proceeds of sale of the property to the other co-owners, shall be applied to discharge the charge.

ARTICLE 123

Acquired Charge*

An acquired charge extends to buildings, plantings, or improvements effected in the charged property.

ARTICLE 124

Determination of Rank of Charge for Interest and Instalments*

A creditor registered for a capital sum bearing interest or subject to instalments has the right to have his interest and instalments (for the year that became due on the date the enforcement was requested and for the current year, subject to the total not exceeding two years' interest) ranked equally with the charge registered for the capital, provided that this right derives from the same contract, that it is registered, and that the interest rate is stated in the registration.

ARTICLE 125

Charge Registered in the Land Register*

Every charge duly registered in the land register retains its rank and validity without need for any further formality, until a valid release deed is registered in the same register.

ARTICLE 126

Effect of a Charge*

A charge is either compulsory or voluntary. In both cases it has no legal effect until it is registered.

ARTICLE 127

Multiple Charges Over a Single Property*

Several charges may be created over a single property, whether compulsory or voluntary; their rank is determined by the date of their registration in the land register.

Subsubsection 2Legal Easements for Private Benefit
ARTICLE 39

Definition of the Right of Use*

The usufructuary has the right to use the property, meaning to employ the immovable for his own benefit or for his personal needs. This right extends to the same degree as the right of the owner and includes the right to use the easement, the right of way, and the right of watercourse and canal, provided the owner has not already leased those rights prior to the creation of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 40

Fruits of the Property*

The usufructuary is entitled to the fruits of the property, that is, the natural and civil produce yielded by the property at regular periodic intervals without diminishing its substance (including the letting of the rights of way and canal). The proceeds of mines already opened and worked, quarries, and peat deposits are treated as fruits, if those proceeds were previously accruing to the owner of the property (provided the mine or quarry was opened before commencement of the usufruct), and so are timber trees if they were harvested at regular intervals (for consumption as firewood or for sale).

ARTICLE 41

Distribution of Fruits*

At the commencement and at the termination of the usufruct, the fruits that have not yet been gathered, or the value of any that may have been sold ungathered, shall be apportioned between the usufructuary and the owner in proportion to the period during which the usufruct was in existence and the period during which it was not in existence (taking into account the production period of annual or non-annual fruits). Neither the owner nor the usufructuary has a right of recovery against the other in respect of costs of ploughing, while the cost of seeds and seed corn used in preparing the harvest at the commencement or termination of the usufruct shall be charged to the other party.

ARTICLE 42

Lease of Property Subject to a Right of Usufruct*

The usufructuary is bound to respect leases entered into by the owner before the usufruct. As for leases entered into by the usufructuary, they shall not be binding on the owner after three years from the termination of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 43

Transfer and Extinction of the Right of Usufruct*

The usufructuary may transfer his right gratuitously or for value, unless the instrument creating the usufruct contains provisions to the contrary. After transfer, the right of usufruct remains vested in the transferor, provided the transferor has discharged his obligations towards the owner of the bare property. The right of usufruct is extinguished upon the death of the transferor, not upon the death of the transferee.

ARTICLE 64

Definition of Legal Easements for Private Benefit*

Every landowner must build his roofs so that rainwater falls on his own land or onto the public road, except in cases of application of the special regulations relating to roads; he may not drain such water onto adjacent land.

ARTICLE 65

Compliance with Local Regulations*

Every landowner wishing to carry out on his land works likely to cause damage to adjacent land — such as excavations, well-sinking, boring, establishment of hazardous depots, or installations noxious to health — must comply with local regulations that prescribe the distance to be maintained between himself and such adjacent land, or specify the barriers that must be erected between them.

ARTICLE 66

Conditions for Opening Windows and Apertures*

No owner may have a direct line of sight, windows, balconies, or similar projections over adjacent enclosed or unenclosed land belonging to another, unless a distance of two metres is maintained between the wall in which such opening or balcony is made and that land. If such distance is not available, windows may only be opened at a height of two metres and fifty centimetres above the floor of the room in which they are placed, if on the ground floor, and at a height of one metre and ninety centimetres above the floor of the room, if on an upper floor.

ARTICLE 67

Oblique View*

No owner may have an oblique or lateral view over adjacent enclosed or unenclosed land belonging to another, unless a distance of half a metre is maintained between the wall in which the opening is made and the said land.

ARTICLE 68

Non-application of the Prohibition*

The prohibition set out in Articles 66 and 67 above does not apply to rooftop terraces or to windows opening onto public roads.

ARTICLE 69

Calculation of Distances*

The distance specified in Articles 66 and 67 shall be measured from the outer face of the wall where the windows are located. In the case of balconies and other projections, it shall be measured from their outer line to the boundary separating the two properties.

ARTICLE 70

Requirement of a Permit*

No owner of a party wall may raise or build on it without the permission of his co-owner. However, he may, on his property's side, lean against the party wall or build against it arches or structures and other buildings up to the maximum load the wall can bear.

ARTICLE 71

Renunciation of the Co-ownership Right*

No party is required to contribute to the construction of a new section of a party wall for a neighbouring party. However, if one co-owner raises a wall with the permission of the other party, that other party, if it has not contributed any expense, shall have the right to acquire a co-ownership interest in the newly constructed portion of the party wall, on condition that it pays half of the cost and, if necessary, also pays half the value of the land used to increase the thickness of the wall.

ARTICLE 72

Provisions on Repairs and Renovations*

If the floors of a building belong to different owners, repairs and renovations are governed by the following rules, unless there are contrary conditions set out in the title deeds: – The cost of major walls and roofs shall be borne by all owners of the property, each in proportion to the value of the floor he owns. – Each owner of a floor shall bear the cost of the floor slab on which he walks. – The owner of the first floor shall bear the cost of the staircase leading to that floor, and the owner of the second floor shall bear the cost of the staircase leading to it beginning from the first floor, and so on.

1. Pursuant to Article 18 of the Law of 24 December 1962, the provisions of Article 72 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930 do not apply to buildings registered in land registry dossiers.

ARTICLE 73

Plantings*

A landowner may have large and small trees close to the boundaries of adjacent land; the owner of that adjacent land has the right, however, to cut off any branches that overhang his land. Trees of all kinds and sizes may be planted abutting the dividing wall on either side, without observing any distance between the wall and the plantings, provided that such plantings do not exceed the height of the wall. If the wall is not a party wall, only its owner has the right to lean plantings against it.

1. وفقاً لنص المادة 18 من قانون 24/12/1962 لا تطبق أحكام المادة 72 من القرار رقم 3339 تاريخ 1303/11/12 على الأبنية المقيمة بالدوائر العقارية.

ARTICLE 74

Right of Way Over Adjacent Land*

The owner of property enclosed on all sides, having no access to the public road, is entitled to demand a right of way over the adjacent land upon payment of compensation proportionate to the damage that may be caused. The same right is granted to the owner of property that has only an inadequate means of access for its agricultural or industrial exploitation.

ARTICLE 75

Determination of the Right of Way*

The right of way must generally be located on the side where the distance from the enclosed land to the public road is the shortest. However, the right of way must be fixed at the point where its opening would cause the least harm to the owner of the land over which it is granted.

ARTICLE 76

Impossibility of Opening a Right of Way*

If land becomes enclosed on all sides as a result of subdivision following a sale, exchange, partition, or any other transaction, a right of way may only be claimed over the land that was the subject of those transactions. However, if it is impossible to open an adequate right of way in the divided land, Article 74 shall then apply.

ARTICLE 77

Passage of Water Through Intermediate Land*

Any owner of property wishing to irrigate his land using natural or artificial water over which he has a right of disposition may, upon payment of compensation, obtain the passage of that water through the intermediate land lying between his land and the source of water supply.

ARTICLE 78

Obtaining a Licence*

The owner referred to in the preceding article may also obtain a licence, upon payment of advance compensation, authorising water that flows from his land to continue thereafter across the lands situated below it.

ARTICLE 79

Licence to Abut Engineering Structures*

Subject to the regulatory provisions relating to water intakes, any owner of land adjacent to a watercourse, who wishes to use the water to irrigate his land, may obtain, upon payment of advance compensation, a licence to abut the engineering structures necessary to construct a water intake on the land situated opposite his property on the other bank of the watercourse.

ARTICLE 80

Costs of Construction and Maintenance*

If the owner of the land to which the engineering structures are to be abutted requests to share in the use of the dam, he shall bear half the costs of construction and maintenance. In addition, he may not, in that case, claim any compensation for the abutment of the dam on his land; if he has already received compensation, he must repay it.

ARTICLE 81

Drainage of Water*

Every owner of property wishing to drain his land by draining its water or by any method of drainage may, upon payment of advance, fixed, and immediate compensation, drain that water under or over the intermediate lands between his land and any watercourse or any other outlet for the water; excepted from this easement are houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings.

ARTICLE 82

Existing Structures*

Owners of adjacent land, or land over which the water flows, have the right to use structures established pursuant to the preceding article for draining their land; in such cases they are obligated to pay:

  1. 1)A share of the construction costs proportionate to the benefit they derive from them.
  2. 2)Expenses resulting from any modifications that may need to be made to accommodate this right.
  3. 3)Their proportionate share, in the future, of the costs of maintaining those structures, which thereby become jointly owned.
ARTICLE 83

Jurisdiction of the Magistrate's Court to Settle Disputes*

Disputes arising from the creation of this easement and its exercise, from the determination of the course of the water, from the carrying out of works necessary for draining or drainage, or from compensation and maintenance costs, shall be referred to the district magistrate's court, which shall, in rendering its decision, balance the interests of the project with respect for the right of ownership.

ARTICLE 128

Voluntary Charge Agreement*

A voluntary charge may only be created by a person who has the capacity to dispose of the property or the right being charged.

ARTICLE 129

Judicial Authorisation*

A charge may not be created over the rights of incapacitated persons or interdicted persons except for the reasons and by the procedures laid down in the legislation governing their personal status. As for the rights of absent persons, so long as custody is established on a temporary basis no charge may be created over them without judicial authorisation.

ARTICLE 130

Charge Over Future Property*

A charge may not be created over property to be acquired in the future.

ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Subsection 3

Easements Created by the Parties

ARTICLE 10

Real Rights*

The following real rights may exist over immovable property:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf (right of disposition)
  3. 3)Superficie (surface right)
  4. 4)Usufruct
  5. 5)Right of priority over vacant waste lands
  6. 6)Real easements
  7. 7)Rights of pledge: mortgage (rahn) and sale with right of redemption
  8. 8)Privileges and charges
  9. 9)Waqf (endowment)
  10. 10)Double lease (ijaratain)
  11. 11)Long lease (emphyteusis)
  12. 12)Option arising from a sale with right of redemption.

1. في ما يتعلق بقسمة الأراضي الأميرية الموقوفة، راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 1/1329.

2. في ما يتعلق بجزئية الأراضي المشاعية، راجع القرار رقم 171 تاريخ 3/10/1926، المنشور مع الأحكام المتعلقة بالأراضي المشاعية.

3. راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 2/2/1328 المتعلق بتصرف الاشخاص المعنيين بالأموال غير المنقولة.

ARTICLE 20

Rights of a Co-owner in Jointly Held Property*

No co-owner of jointly held immovable property may exercise his rights over the entire property or over a specified portion of it without the consent of the remaining co-owners. Nor may he exercise any right whatsoever over a co-owner's share without that co-owner's permission; however, the consent of an absent co-owner shall be presumed to have been given at all times in matters relating to the management and administration of the property, provided no harm accruing to the absent co-owner from such management exceeds the value of his share, calculated at the minimum. This provision does not preclude the application of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 establishing the land registration system.

1. Regarding the establishment of concise rules for resolving co-ownership in properties having ten or more owners, see Law No. 16 of 6 March 1982, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 21

Determining the Manner of Enjoyment of Co-owned Property*

The co-owners shall, by mutual agreement, determine the manner of enjoyment of the co-owned property, and the fruits of the property shall be distributed in proportion to the respective shares, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 22

Payment of Expenses*

Each co-owner of jointly held property is obligated to pay, in proportion to his share, the costs of administration, repair, maintenance, and the taxes and levies applicable to the co-owned property. A co-owner who has advanced all or part of such expenses is entitled to recover them, unless they were incurred solely for the purpose of improving or beautifying the property, in which case they remain the liability of the person who incurred them.

ARTICLE 23

Disposition by a Co-owner of His Rights in the Property*

Each co-owner may freely dispose of his rights in the property; he may transfer them to a third party or create a charge over them without the consent of his co-owners, but he may not mortgage his share.

ARTICLE 24

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 25

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 26

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 27

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 84

Right to Create Easements*

Landowners may create over or for the benefit of their properties any easements they wish, provided that such easements are not imposed on persons or for the benefit of persons but rather on or for the benefit of land, and do not contravene public policy. The manner of use of such easements and their extent are defined by the instrument creating them; if no instrument exists, the following rules shall apply:

ARTICLE 143

Prohibition on Assignment of the Creditor's Right*

A creditor holding a charge may not assign his right to a third party without the debtor's express consent, unless the contract contains a clear provision authorising him to do so (for example, where the contract states that the charge is to bearer).

ARTICLE 144

Procedures for Assigning the Creditor's Right*

Assignment of the right is effected either by registration in the land register or in the charges register, or by endorsing the registration certificate. In the latter case, the endorser's signature must be officially certified in accordance with the provisions of Articles 59, 60, and 61 of Decree No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner of the French Republic on 15 March 1926.

ARTICLE 145

Right of Pursuit*

Holders of debts secured by a charge over an immovable may pursue it in whatever hands it passes and receive the amounts allocated to them, each according to his registered rank.

ARTICLE 193

Definition of Long Lease (Emphyteusis)*

A long lease (emphyteusis / muqata'a) is a contract whereby its holder acquires, for a specified consideration, the right to erect whatever buildings and make whatever plantings he wishes on waqf property; and he may thereby acquire exclusive ownership of those buildings and plantings within the conditions specified in Article 196.

1. i.e., 'd'une manière exclusive' — exclusively.

ARTICLE 194

Long Lease with Muqata'a*

The long lease with muqata'a — that is, with a fixed annual payment — is the only contract authorised; no other contract is permitted.

ARTICLE 195

Consideration and Rights Arising from Long-Lease Contracts*

The consideration shall be a specified sum of money equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity at the rate of two and a half per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax. The rights arising from long-lease contracts other than muqata'a, acquired prior to the entry into force of this Decree, must be redeemed by purchase pursuant to the provisions of Decree No. 80 of 29 December 1926.

1. أي: بالاستقلال d'une manière exclusive

ARTICLE 196

Acquisition of Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the right of muqata'a may at any time acquire ownership of the property for a purchase price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 197

Muqata'a Contract*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding a muqata'a contract.

ARTICLE 198

Definition of the Ownership Rights of the Muqata'a Holder*

The holder of the right of muqata'a is the owner of the buildings erected and the plantings made on the waqf property; he uses, enjoys, and disposes of them with full freedom as an owner. He may specifically transfer them with or without consideration, mortgage them, create a charge over them, create a waqf over them, or impose any other real right or easement within the limits of his right.

ARTICLE 199

The Endowed Land*

The endowed land shall be treated as an appurtenance of the buildings erected on it and the plantings growing in it; the land is therefore included in any transfer, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 200

Transfer of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to freehold (milk) properties.

ARTICLE 201

Forfeiture of the Muqata'a Holder's Right*

If no trace whatsoever of buildings or plantings remains on the land, the right of the muqata'a holder is forfeited if he fails to rebuild those buildings or replant within three years following a notice served on him by the waqf trustee, or if he fails to pay three years' due annual annuity. Forfeiture of the right in these two cases is declared by court order.

ARTICLE 202

Extinction of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is extinguished by consolidation of rights in the same person, by forfeiture of the right by its holder, or by extinction of the heirs; in all three cases the right reverts to the waqf.

ARTICLE 203

Provisions Applicable to Rights of Ijaratain and Long Lease*

The provisions relating to co-ownership and partition apply to the rights of ijaratain and long lease (muqata'a).

ARTICLE 232

Law Applicable to Foreigners*

The provisions of local law relating to gifts apply to foreigners.

1. See the provisions on gifts in the Code of Obligations and Contracts issued on 9 March 1932, in particular Articles 504 to 532 thereof.

ARTICLE 233

Capacity to Create a Waqf and Form of the Constitutive Instrument*

The capacity to create a waqf and the form of its constitutive instrument are governed by the provisions of local law.

Subsection 4

Conditions of Use of Easements

ARTICLE 28

Right of Superficie*

Superficie is the right of ownership in buildings, structures, or plantings standing on land belonging to another person.

1. في ما يتعلق بتحديد أصول موجزة لإزالة الشيوع في العقارات التي يبتعد مالكوها العشرة، راجع القانون رقم 16 تاريخ 1982/3/6

ARTICLE 29

Transfer of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie may be transferred and may be the subject of a charge. An easement may be imposed over property subject to a right of superficie, but only within the limits compatible with the exercise of that right of superficie.

ARTICLE 30

Extinction of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie is extinguished:

  1. 1)By consolidation with the right of ownership of the land in the same persons and in the same proportions of ownership.
  2. 2)By the total destruction of the buildings or structures, or by the destruction or disappearance of the plantings, that form the subject-matter of the right.
  3. 3)Buildings or structures that have become unfit for the use for which they were intended are deemed to be destroyed; the holder of the superficie may not rebuild them for renewed use, nor may he restore the plantings after his right has been extinguished. Nor may the holder of the right of superficie add any new structures.
  4. 4)The right of superficie remains confined to the buildings, structures, or plantings originally covered by the right.
  5. 5)Where it is established that the existence of the right of superficie impedes the exploitation of the land or its security, or that the benefit expected from it is so slight as to be disproportionate to the economic loss thereby caused to the land.
  6. 6)The land registrar shall cancel the right of superficie by administrative act in the case provided for in paragraph (1) of this article.
  7. 7)In all other cases, the extinction of the right of superficie is established by a judgment having the force of res judicata, rendered upon an action brought by the landowner before the civil single judge who applies the procedural rules governing urgent matters.
  8. 8)The landowner is required to pay the holder of the right of superficie compensation assessed by the competent court, not exceeding three times the value of the buildings, structures, or plantings subject to the right as at the date of commencement of the proceedings, in the cases set out in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this article.
Amended 2001
ARTICLE 31

Creation of the Right of Superficie*

No right of superficie may be created except as from the date of entry into force of this Decree.

ARTICLE 85

Use of Easements*

Whoever has created an easement is deemed to have implicitly granted everything necessary for its exercise. Thus the right to draw water from a spring necessarily includes the right of way over the land where the spring is located.

ARTICLE 86

Structures Necessary for the Exercise and Maintenance of the Easement*

The owner of the dominant tenement has the right to construct in the servient tenement all structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement.

ARTICLE 87

Costs of Structures*

The costs of structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement shall be borne by the owner of the dominant tenement.

ARTICLE 88

Subdivision of the Dominant Tenement*

If the dominant tenement is subdivided, the right of easement shall remain attached to each part of it without thereby increasing the burden on the servient tenement. For example, in the case of a right of way, all of the co-owners of the property must use the same route.

ARTICLE 89

Limitation of Use of the Easement*

The owner of the servient tenement may not carry out any act aimed at diminishing the use of the easement or making it more burdensome. In particular, he may not change the situation of the land or move the easement to a location other than that originally assigned to it. However, if the easement in its original location has become more burdensome for the owner of the servient tenement or prevents him from making useful improvements, he may offer the owner of the dominant tenement a location equally convenient for the exercise of his rights; and the latter may not refuse such an offer. Every holder of an easement may use it only in accordance with the terms of the instrument creating it, and may not carry out on his own land or on the servient tenement any act that would aggravate the burden on that tenement.

ARTICLE 146

Disposition of Charged Property*

The debtor or the depositary may freely dispose of the charged property and may, in accordance with the rules set out below, discharge the obligation before maturity without the consent of the creditors holding charges.

ARTICLE 147

Sale of Charged Property*

If the debtor sells the property or the right subject to a charge after the charge agreement is concluded, the third party to whom the property is transferred, who is a party to the proceedings, has the option either to pay the pursuing creditor the full capital with interest and costs, or to submit to the procedures of compulsory expropriation initiated by the creditor.

ARTICLE 148

Deterioration of Charged Property*

If the charged property or properties suffer deterioration or damage rendering them insufficient as security for the creditor, the creditor is entitled to demand immediate repayment of his capital following a court declaration of insufficiency, or to demand additional security. Insurance indemnities shall in principle be applied to restore the property to its former state, subject to their being sufficient for that purpose. Restoration shall be carried out and the funds disbursed under the supervision of the creditor or creditors holding charges on terms agreed between them and the debtor; if no agreement is reached, the matter is decided by the court. If the insurance indemnity is insufficient, or if the debtor renounces restoration of the property, the indemnity shall be paid to the holders of privileged debts and charges entitled to participate in the distribution, each according to his debt rank; the debtor's right to the benefit of the term shall be reduced by the amount of such payment.

ARTICLE 149

Action for Damages*

If the person to whom the charged property is transferred makes alterations to the property, damage resulting from his acts or neglect that prejudices the creditors holding charges entitles them to bring an action for damages against him. He, for his part, may claim expenses he deemed it necessary to incur for the maintenance and upkeep of the property.

ARTICLE 234

Definition of Occupation (Istighal)*

Occupation grants the first occupant, by virtue of a legal permit from the State, the right to be preferred over all others in acquiring the right of tasarruf over vacant waste land.

ARTICLE 235

Right to Register the Tasarruf*

A holder of a right of priority who proves, after three years, that he has cultivated the land, erected buildings thereon, made plantings, or improved it within the conditions set out in the special regulations governing State property, acquires free of charge the right to register the tasarruf in respect of the part he has cultivated, planted, built upon, or improved; however, he forfeits the right of tasarruf if, after registration, he abandons the exercise of his right for three consecutive years during the ten years following registration.

ARTICLE 236

Prohibition on Acquiring Rights Over Registered Property*

Occupation does not confer any right whatsoever over property already registered in the land register or under the administration of State property, nor over forests, public dedicated lands, or protected public domain lands.

ARTICLE 237

Division of Treasure Trove*

Treasure found in the ground shall be divided as follows: three-fifths to the landowner, one-fifth to the finder, and the remaining fifth to the public treasury, subject to the restrictions set out in the applicable laws and regulations concerning mines and antiquities.

Subsection 5

Extinction of Easements

ARTICLE 32

Right of Usufruct*

Usufruct is a real right to use and enjoy a thing belonging to another, and it is extinguished ipso jure upon the death of the usufructuary. A right of usufruct may not be created in favour of legal persons.

ARTICLE 33

Creation of the Right of Usufruct*

A right of usufruct is created by the mere declaration of will and may be created for a term or subject to a condition.

ARTICLE 34

Rights Over Which a Usufruct May Be Created*

In real property matters, a right of usufruct may be created over the following rights:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf
  3. 3)Superficie
  4. 4)Double lease (ijaratain)
  5. 5)Long lease (emphyteusis).
ARTICLE 90

Extinction of Easements by Cancellation*

An easement is extinguished by cancellation of the registration entry. Cancellation is effected by agreement of the parties or by court order. The court may order cancellation if the easement is of no benefit or if it is impossible to enforce it.

ARTICLE 150

Extinction of Charge by Cancellation*

A charge is extinguished by cancellation. Cancellation takes effect:

  1. 1)By extinction of the obligation secured by the charge.
  2. 2)By the creditor's renunciation of his right.
ARTICLE 238

Definition of the Right of Pre-emption*

Pre-emption (shuf'a) is a right entitling its holder to substitute himself for the buyer in respect of the property sold, in the circumstances and on the conditions set out in the following articles. The right of pre-emption applies to freehold (milk) properties and to miri lands. Rights of preference (rujhan) and tapu rights under Ottoman land law are hereby abolished.

1. Pursuant to Article 5 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995 (concerning the amendment of certain provisions on pre-emption): 'The following provisions shall apply to pending actions at the date of entry into force of this Law: If the court finds that the right of pre-emption is based on a valid legal ground, the buyer from whom pre-emption is sought shall be awarded the compensation provided for in Article 249 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930. The buyer from whom pre-emption is sought may also be awarded compensation in addition to the pre-emption compensation, not exceeding 15% of the value of the property as assessed by the court on the date of entry into force of this Law. In such case, the pre-emptor may request the court to grant him a period for payment and to spread the additional compensation in instalments pursuant to Article 300 of the Code of Obligations and Contracts, subject to all instalments being paid no later than one year from the date of the judgment. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to actions that have been the subject of final and irrevocable judgments, whether or not enforcement has been sought. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to pre-emption actions brought after the entry into force of this Law.'

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 239

Establishment of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption vests:

  1. 1)In the owner of the bare property, if the right of usufruct is sold, whether the sale covers the entire right or part of it.
  2. 2)In a co-owner in jointly held property, if a share or more is sold to a person who is not a co-owner.
  3. 3)In the holder of the right of usufruct, if the bare ownership is sold, whether the sale covers the entire bare ownership or part of it.
  4. 4)All other rights of pre-emption that arose before the entry into force of this Law and have not yet been exercised are hereby extinguished.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 240

Competing Pre-emptors*

If pre-emptors from different categories compete, the right of pre-emption shall be exercised according to the order of priority set out in Article 239 above. If pre-emptors from the same category compete, the right of each shall be proportional to his share; if one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors may exercise the right in proportion to their respective shares.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 241

Repealed by Article 3 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 242

Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption belongs to the persons referred to in Article 239 whose title deed pre-dates the buyer's title deed.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 243

Transfer of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption passes upon the death of its holder to his heirs. It may not be transferred to a third party.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 244

Exercise of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised against the buyer or the donee for value. In the latter case, the right of pre-emption is subject to the same grounds of nullity, voidability, and cancellation as the gift itself. A pre-emption action does not lie in respect of an exchange of immovables or in respect of a sale between spouses, or between an ascendant and a descendant, or between brothers and sisters.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 245

Indivisibility of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is indivisible and may not be exercised or waived except in full. If there are multiple pre-emptors of equal rank and one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors must either all claim pre-emption or all waive it. However, if there are multiple buyers, the pre-emptor may take the share of one of them only.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 246

Forfeiture of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is forfeited:

  1. 1)If the pre-emptor fails to exercise it within the legal periods specified in the next two articles.
  2. 2)If the pre-emptor, prior to registration, expressly waives it in a written instrument of a duly established date that contains the name of the buyer, the price, and the conditions, and whose date does not pre-date registration by more than six months.
  3. 3)If the pre-emptor was the agent of the seller in the sale or a witness to the contract and signed without reservation.
  4. 4)If the pre-emptor expressly or impliedly waives his right after registration; however, after an action for pre-emption has been filed, such waiver is only valid with the buyer's consent.
Amended 1948
ARTICLE 247

Period for Exercising the Right of Pre-emption*

After registration of the property, the buyer may notify pre-emptors of the registration through the notary for persons domiciled in Lebanon, and in accordance with Article 362 of the Code of Civil Procedure for persons residing abroad, stating in the notice the property sold and its description, the date of registration, the names and addresses of the contracting parties, the price, and the contractual conditions. The pre-emptor must exercise his right within ten days of notification, after adding a period for distance, under penalty of forfeiture.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 248

Effect of Notification*

If the notification provided for in the preceding article has not been given, the right of pre-emption lapses after one year from the date of registration of the contract in the land register. This period runs against incapacitated persons and absent persons. The period referred to in this article and in the preceding article is only interrupted by the filing of a pre-emption action before the court having jurisdiction in the place where the property is situated, determined by the amount stated in the contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 249

Compensation in Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised on condition that the holder fully compensates the buyer. This compensation includes:

  1. 1)The sale price that must be reimbursed and actually deposited on the day the pre-emption action is filed at the latest, unless the registered contract provides for deferred payment. The offer and actual deposit shall be made in the registry of the competent court hearing the pre-emption action.
  2. 2)Contract expenses, including official registration fees and the agent's commission, provided this commission does not exceed the amount fixed by the legal schedule.
  3. 3)The value of improvements made to the property by the buyer's acts, without regard to economic appreciation resulting from market fluctuations.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 250

Transfer of the Pre-empted Property to a Third Party*

If the pre-empted property has been transferred to a third party by registration in the land register prior to the filing of the pre-emption action, pre-emption may only be exercised against the second buyer and on the conditions on which he purchased.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 251

Determination of the True Price*

If there is a dispute between the buyer and the holder of the right of pre-emption as to the amount of the price of the pre-empted property, the court shall determine the true price having regard to the value of the pre-empted property. The buyer may not be heard to claim that the price is higher than that stated in the registered contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 252

Acquisition by the Pre-emptor of the Right to Registration*

The right of pre-emption is established and the pre-emptor acquires the right to registration either by the buyer's voluntary delivery of the pre-empted property after payment of the price and its accessories as specified in Article 249, or by a judgment rendered in favour of the pre-emptor.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 253

Effects of Pre-emption*

The pre-emptor is deemed to have purchased from the buyer, and the pre-emption has between them the effects of a sale. The pre-emptor is not entitled to benefit from any deferred payment provided for in the contract for the buyer's benefit, unless the court so decides subject to such guarantees as it deems necessary. Where there is deferred payment as provided for in the contract, the court may not grant the pre-emptor a period for payment.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 254

Pre-emption of Waqf Property*

There is no right of pre-emption in respect of waqf property, nor in respect of a sale by public auction conducted by the administration or the courts.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 56

Right of Easement*

An easement (irtifaq) is a burden imposed on a given immovable for the benefit of another immovable belonging to a different owner; this burden either grants to a third party the right to carry out acts of use on the burdened immovable, or deprives the owner of that immovable of the exercise of certain of his rights.

1. Regarding the right of easement by way of water channels, see the Law of 7 June 1937. Regarding the application of the law imposing easements to ensure the safety of air navigation by a single article, see Law No. 70 of 6 December 1966. Regarding the definition of easements to ensure the safety of air navigation for Beirut International Airport, see Decree No. 4807 of 23 January 1973.

ARTICLE 57

Sources of the Right of Easement*

Easements arise either from the natural situation of the land, from obligations imposed by law, or from agreements concluded between landowners.

ARTICLE 58

Exemption of Easements from Publication and Announcement*

By way of exception to the principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the land register, easements arising from the natural situation of the land or from obligations imposed by law are exempt from publication and announcement. However, an easement of passage arising because one piece of land is enclosed by another may be precisely defined, at the request of the owner of the dominant tenement.

Section 4

Rights of Pledge

Subsection 1

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership, Sale with Right of Redemption, and Sale with Exploitation

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Mortgage (Rahn)

ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Section 5

Privileges and Charges

Subsection 1

Privileges

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Charges (Taminat)

Subsubsection 1General Provisions
ARTICLE 35

Obligations of the Usufructuary*

Before taking possession of the usufruct, the usufructuary is required:

  1. 1)To draw up an inventory of the properties.
  2. 2)To provide adequate security for due performance of his obligations.
  3. 3)He may be relieved of these two obligations by the instrument by which the right of usufruct is created.
ARTICLE 36

Drawing Up the Property Inventory*

The inventory of the properties must be drawn up in the presence of the owner or upon proper legal notice to him, and must be executed before a notary at the expense of the usufructuary; provided, however, that the usufructuary may agree with the owner of the bare property, if both parties are of age and have full legal capacity, to substitute a mere visual inspection in lieu of the formal inventory and without any charge.

ARTICLE 37

Delay in Furnishing Security*

If security is furnished late, the fruits collected by the owner of the property in the interim shall be restored to the usufructuary. Security may be replaced by a pledge or a charge over assets deemed sufficient.

ARTICLE 38

Failure to Provide Security*

If the usufructuary provides neither security nor any other guarantee, the properties over which he holds the right of usufruct shall be leased or a judicial guardian shall be appointed for them, his remuneration being paid out of the fruits of the property.

ARTICLE 63

Definition of Legal Easements for Public Benefit*

Legal easements for the public benefit — whether their purpose is to enable access to the seashore and the banks of watercourses, or to ensure or facilitate the mission of public roads or public utilities, and their maintenance, use, and, in particular, military land or naval installations — are defined in special laws and regulations.

ARTICLE 120

Definition of a Charge*

A charge (tamin) is a real right over immovable properties designated to secure the performance of an obligation; it is indivisible by nature and subsists in its entirety over the designated properties and over each of them and over each part thereof, following them in whatever hands they pass.

ARTICLE 121

Things Capable of Being Charged*

Only the following things, and no others, are capable of bearing a charge:

  1. 1)Built and unbuilt immovables capable of being bought and sold, together with all appurtenances regarded as immovables.
  2. 2)Rights of usufruct over the same immovables and appurtenances for the duration of such rights.
  3. 3)Rights of double lease (ijaratain) and of muqata'a.
  4. 4)The right of superficie.

1. ان حرف "او" لم يرد ما يقابلها بالنص الفرنسي.

ARTICLE 122

Charge Over Co-owned Property*

A charge created by a co-owner over jointly held property without the consent of the other co-owners passes, upon partition, to the share falling to his lot; the amounts owed to the co-owner as a result of equalisation of shares, or the amounts due to him from the proceeds of sale of the property to the other co-owners, shall be applied to discharge the charge.

ARTICLE 123

Acquired Charge*

An acquired charge extends to buildings, plantings, or improvements effected in the charged property.

ARTICLE 124

Determination of Rank of Charge for Interest and Instalments*

A creditor registered for a capital sum bearing interest or subject to instalments has the right to have his interest and instalments (for the year that became due on the date the enforcement was requested and for the current year, subject to the total not exceeding two years' interest) ranked equally with the charge registered for the capital, provided that this right derives from the same contract, that it is registered, and that the interest rate is stated in the registration.

ARTICLE 125

Charge Registered in the Land Register*

Every charge duly registered in the land register retains its rank and validity without need for any further formality, until a valid release deed is registered in the same register.

ARTICLE 126

Effect of a Charge*

A charge is either compulsory or voluntary. In both cases it has no legal effect until it is registered.

ARTICLE 127

Multiple Charges Over a Single Property*

Several charges may be created over a single property, whether compulsory or voluntary; their rank is determined by the date of their registration in the land register.

Subsubsection 2Voluntary Charges
ARTICLE 39

Definition of the Right of Use*

The usufructuary has the right to use the property, meaning to employ the immovable for his own benefit or for his personal needs. This right extends to the same degree as the right of the owner and includes the right to use the easement, the right of way, and the right of watercourse and canal, provided the owner has not already leased those rights prior to the creation of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 40

Fruits of the Property*

The usufructuary is entitled to the fruits of the property, that is, the natural and civil produce yielded by the property at regular periodic intervals without diminishing its substance (including the letting of the rights of way and canal). The proceeds of mines already opened and worked, quarries, and peat deposits are treated as fruits, if those proceeds were previously accruing to the owner of the property (provided the mine or quarry was opened before commencement of the usufruct), and so are timber trees if they were harvested at regular intervals (for consumption as firewood or for sale).

ARTICLE 41

Distribution of Fruits*

At the commencement and at the termination of the usufruct, the fruits that have not yet been gathered, or the value of any that may have been sold ungathered, shall be apportioned between the usufructuary and the owner in proportion to the period during which the usufruct was in existence and the period during which it was not in existence (taking into account the production period of annual or non-annual fruits). Neither the owner nor the usufructuary has a right of recovery against the other in respect of costs of ploughing, while the cost of seeds and seed corn used in preparing the harvest at the commencement or termination of the usufruct shall be charged to the other party.

ARTICLE 42

Lease of Property Subject to a Right of Usufruct*

The usufructuary is bound to respect leases entered into by the owner before the usufruct. As for leases entered into by the usufructuary, they shall not be binding on the owner after three years from the termination of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 43

Transfer and Extinction of the Right of Usufruct*

The usufructuary may transfer his right gratuitously or for value, unless the instrument creating the usufruct contains provisions to the contrary. After transfer, the right of usufruct remains vested in the transferor, provided the transferor has discharged his obligations towards the owner of the bare property. The right of usufruct is extinguished upon the death of the transferor, not upon the death of the transferee.

ARTICLE 64

Definition of Legal Easements for Private Benefit*

Every landowner must build his roofs so that rainwater falls on his own land or onto the public road, except in cases of application of the special regulations relating to roads; he may not drain such water onto adjacent land.

ARTICLE 65

Compliance with Local Regulations*

Every landowner wishing to carry out on his land works likely to cause damage to adjacent land — such as excavations, well-sinking, boring, establishment of hazardous depots, or installations noxious to health — must comply with local regulations that prescribe the distance to be maintained between himself and such adjacent land, or specify the barriers that must be erected between them.

ARTICLE 66

Conditions for Opening Windows and Apertures*

No owner may have a direct line of sight, windows, balconies, or similar projections over adjacent enclosed or unenclosed land belonging to another, unless a distance of two metres is maintained between the wall in which such opening or balcony is made and that land. If such distance is not available, windows may only be opened at a height of two metres and fifty centimetres above the floor of the room in which they are placed, if on the ground floor, and at a height of one metre and ninety centimetres above the floor of the room, if on an upper floor.

ARTICLE 67

Oblique View*

No owner may have an oblique or lateral view over adjacent enclosed or unenclosed land belonging to another, unless a distance of half a metre is maintained between the wall in which the opening is made and the said land.

ARTICLE 68

Non-application of the Prohibition*

The prohibition set out in Articles 66 and 67 above does not apply to rooftop terraces or to windows opening onto public roads.

ARTICLE 69

Calculation of Distances*

The distance specified in Articles 66 and 67 shall be measured from the outer face of the wall where the windows are located. In the case of balconies and other projections, it shall be measured from their outer line to the boundary separating the two properties.

ARTICLE 70

Requirement of a Permit*

No owner of a party wall may raise or build on it without the permission of his co-owner. However, he may, on his property's side, lean against the party wall or build against it arches or structures and other buildings up to the maximum load the wall can bear.

ARTICLE 71

Renunciation of the Co-ownership Right*

No party is required to contribute to the construction of a new section of a party wall for a neighbouring party. However, if one co-owner raises a wall with the permission of the other party, that other party, if it has not contributed any expense, shall have the right to acquire a co-ownership interest in the newly constructed portion of the party wall, on condition that it pays half of the cost and, if necessary, also pays half the value of the land used to increase the thickness of the wall.

ARTICLE 72

Provisions on Repairs and Renovations*

If the floors of a building belong to different owners, repairs and renovations are governed by the following rules, unless there are contrary conditions set out in the title deeds: – The cost of major walls and roofs shall be borne by all owners of the property, each in proportion to the value of the floor he owns. – Each owner of a floor shall bear the cost of the floor slab on which he walks. – The owner of the first floor shall bear the cost of the staircase leading to that floor, and the owner of the second floor shall bear the cost of the staircase leading to it beginning from the first floor, and so on.

1. Pursuant to Article 18 of the Law of 24 December 1962, the provisions of Article 72 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930 do not apply to buildings registered in land registry dossiers.

ARTICLE 73

Plantings*

A landowner may have large and small trees close to the boundaries of adjacent land; the owner of that adjacent land has the right, however, to cut off any branches that overhang his land. Trees of all kinds and sizes may be planted abutting the dividing wall on either side, without observing any distance between the wall and the plantings, provided that such plantings do not exceed the height of the wall. If the wall is not a party wall, only its owner has the right to lean plantings against it.

1. وفقاً لنص المادة 18 من قانون 24/12/1962 لا تطبق أحكام المادة 72 من القرار رقم 3339 تاريخ 1303/11/12 على الأبنية المقيمة بالدوائر العقارية.

ARTICLE 74

Right of Way Over Adjacent Land*

The owner of property enclosed on all sides, having no access to the public road, is entitled to demand a right of way over the adjacent land upon payment of compensation proportionate to the damage that may be caused. The same right is granted to the owner of property that has only an inadequate means of access for its agricultural or industrial exploitation.

ARTICLE 75

Determination of the Right of Way*

The right of way must generally be located on the side where the distance from the enclosed land to the public road is the shortest. However, the right of way must be fixed at the point where its opening would cause the least harm to the owner of the land over which it is granted.

ARTICLE 76

Impossibility of Opening a Right of Way*

If land becomes enclosed on all sides as a result of subdivision following a sale, exchange, partition, or any other transaction, a right of way may only be claimed over the land that was the subject of those transactions. However, if it is impossible to open an adequate right of way in the divided land, Article 74 shall then apply.

ARTICLE 77

Passage of Water Through Intermediate Land*

Any owner of property wishing to irrigate his land using natural or artificial water over which he has a right of disposition may, upon payment of compensation, obtain the passage of that water through the intermediate land lying between his land and the source of water supply.

ARTICLE 78

Obtaining a Licence*

The owner referred to in the preceding article may also obtain a licence, upon payment of advance compensation, authorising water that flows from his land to continue thereafter across the lands situated below it.

ARTICLE 79

Licence to Abut Engineering Structures*

Subject to the regulatory provisions relating to water intakes, any owner of land adjacent to a watercourse, who wishes to use the water to irrigate his land, may obtain, upon payment of advance compensation, a licence to abut the engineering structures necessary to construct a water intake on the land situated opposite his property on the other bank of the watercourse.

ARTICLE 80

Costs of Construction and Maintenance*

If the owner of the land to which the engineering structures are to be abutted requests to share in the use of the dam, he shall bear half the costs of construction and maintenance. In addition, he may not, in that case, claim any compensation for the abutment of the dam on his land; if he has already received compensation, he must repay it.

ARTICLE 81

Drainage of Water*

Every owner of property wishing to drain his land by draining its water or by any method of drainage may, upon payment of advance, fixed, and immediate compensation, drain that water under or over the intermediate lands between his land and any watercourse or any other outlet for the water; excepted from this easement are houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings.

ARTICLE 82

Existing Structures*

Owners of adjacent land, or land over which the water flows, have the right to use structures established pursuant to the preceding article for draining their land; in such cases they are obligated to pay:

  1. 1)A share of the construction costs proportionate to the benefit they derive from them.
  2. 2)Expenses resulting from any modifications that may need to be made to accommodate this right.
  3. 3)Their proportionate share, in the future, of the costs of maintaining those structures, which thereby become jointly owned.
ARTICLE 83

Jurisdiction of the Magistrate's Court to Settle Disputes*

Disputes arising from the creation of this easement and its exercise, from the determination of the course of the water, from the carrying out of works necessary for draining or drainage, or from compensation and maintenance costs, shall be referred to the district magistrate's court, which shall, in rendering its decision, balance the interests of the project with respect for the right of ownership.

ARTICLE 128

Voluntary Charge Agreement*

A voluntary charge may only be created by a person who has the capacity to dispose of the property or the right being charged.

ARTICLE 129

Judicial Authorisation*

A charge may not be created over the rights of incapacitated persons or interdicted persons except for the reasons and by the procedures laid down in the legislation governing their personal status. As for the rights of absent persons, so long as custody is established on a temporary basis no charge may be created over them without judicial authorisation.

ARTICLE 130

Charge Over Future Property*

A charge may not be created over property to be acquired in the future.

Subsubsection 3Compulsory Charges
ARTICLE 44

Enjoyment of the Property*

The usufructuary must enjoy the property as a prudent and diligent person would, and must notify the owner of any trespass or interference by third parties with the property (failing which he shall be liable for any harm suffered by the owner). He must also keep in force any insurance policy previously taken out and pay the insurance premiums. The usufructuary must, in using and enjoying the property, follow the instructions of previous owners, particularly as regards the purpose for which buildings are used, the method of cultivating the land, and the exploitation of forests and quarries; provided, however, that he may cultivate waste land and, generally, improve agricultural methods.

ARTICLE 45

Real Property Taxes*

All real property taxes of whatever nature are charged to the usufructuary, as are the ordinary repairs necessary for the maintenance of the property. Major repairs — that is, repairs that renew part of the property and require extraordinary expenditure — are the liability of the owner of the bare property.

ARTICLE 46

Reconstruction or Repair of a Building*

Neither the owner of the bare property nor the usufructuary is obligated to rebuild what has collapsed through age or force majeure; however, if collapse results from a disaster and the destroyed property was insured in whole or in part, either the owner or the usufructuary may request that the insurance indemnity be applied to rebuilding or repairing the property.

ARTICLE 47

Reduction of Income*

If a debt must be paid that requires the sacrifice of part of the capital, the usufructuary is obligated to contribute to payment of the debt by reducing his income proportionally, in the following manner:

  1. 1)The owner may pay the required capital and the usufructuary shall owe him interest for the duration of the usufruct.
  2. 2)The usufructuary has the option of lending the capital, whereupon the owner is required to repay the capital (without interest) to the usufructuary upon termination of the usufruct.
ARTICLE 48

Enumeration of Shared Expenses*

The expenses shared between the owner and the usufructuary, as provided in the preceding article, are:

  1. 1)Costs of major repairs.
  2. 2)Extraordinary levies imposed on the property during the usufruct (e.g., a special war tax, compensation owed to a drainage contractor for draining swamps by order of the public authority, etc.).
  3. 3)The share chargeable to the properties when forming part of the estate of a deceased person, if the usufruct extended over all of that person's immovables. For the purpose of determining this share, the value of the properties enjoyed by the usufructuary shall, if necessary, be assessed in proportion to the total value of the estate.
ARTICLE 49

Secured Debt*

The usufructuary is not as a matter of principle liable for a debt secured by a charge over the property he enjoys.

ARTICLE 131

Definition of a Compulsory Charge*

A compulsory charge is one that is registered by operation of law, whether or not with the consent of the owner of the property, in the cases specified hereafter. Such a charge shall only be for a specified amount. The rights and debts for the security of which a compulsory charge may be created are:

  1. 1)Rights and debts of minors and interdicted persons: the compulsory charge is created over the property of their guardians.
  2. 2)Rights and debts of married women: the compulsory charge is created over the husband's immovables to secure the dower, marital rights, and compensation for obligations incumbent on the husband that arise after divorce.
  3. 3)Rights and debts of the State, municipalities, and public bodies: the compulsory charge is created over the immovables of accountable persons, and all the rights and debts of the State may have a compulsory charge created over the immovables of their debtors.
  4. 4)Rights and debts of the seller, exchanger, and co-partitioner of immovables: the compulsory charge is created over the property sold, exchanged, or partitioned, unless a voluntary charge is maintained to secure the full or partial payment of the price, the balance of the exchange, or the balance of the partition.
  5. 5)Rights and debts of creditors or legatees against an estate: the compulsory charge is created over the estate's immovables to secure separation of the testator's estate from the heir's assets.
Amended 1932
ARTICLE 132

Compulsory Charge*

A compulsory charge must always specify the secured amounts and the properties over which it is created.

ARTICLE 133

Compulsory Charge for the Benefit of Minors and Interdicted Persons*

The basis, extent, and conditions of a compulsory charge created for the benefit of minors and interdicted persons and their guardians are determined by the supervisory authority responsible for overseeing the management of guardianship, pursuant to the applicable legislative and administrative regulations.

ARTICLE 134

Compulsory Charge for the Benefit of a Married Woman*

The basis, extent, and conditions of a compulsory charge created for the benefit of a married woman may be expressly defined in the marriage contract drawn up before the competent authorities in accordance with the form and conditions prescribed by the applicable legislation. If no marriage contract is drawn up, or if the contract lacks the provisions necessary to establish the compulsory charge, the civil court having jurisdiction at the parties' place of domicile shall establish it.

ARTICLE 135

Extension and Reduction of Security Guarantees*

If the security guarantees granted to minors or interdicted persons, or to a married woman, prove to be insufficient, the authority designated in Article 133 may extend them in respect of minors and interdicted persons, and the court may do likewise in respect of married women. If those guarantees prove to be excessive, they may be reduced by the procedures indicated in the preceding paragraph.

ARTICLE 136

Charge Over the Properties of Accountable Persons and Debtors of the State*

A charge over the immovables of accountable persons shall be imposed by a decision of the Minister of Finance or the officer acting in his stead, and a charge may similarly be imposed over the immovables of the State's debtors.

Amended 1932
ARTICLE 137

Charge Over Properties Sold, Exchanged, or Transferred*

Sellers, exchangers, and co-partitioners of immovables are entitled to request, in the sale, exchange, or partition agreement, from the person with whom they are dealing, a charge over the properties sold, exchanged, or transferred, to secure the full or partial payment of the price, or the balance resulting from the exchange or partition. If there is no agreement providing for a voluntary charge, the seller, exchanger, or co-partitioner may obtain a compulsory charge by court order from the civil court located in the district where the said properties are situated.

ARTICLE 138

Preservation of Rights in Separation of Estates*

Creditors and legatees may preserve their rights in the separation of estates by means of a compulsory registration entered within six months from the opening of the estate. If registration is not entered within the said period, this right shall have no effect over the immovables. Registration is effected pursuant to a court order rendered in chambers, at the request of the interested parties and after hearing the public prosecution. It acquires rank only as from the date of its entry in the land registers, unless preceded by the provisional entry referred to in Article 139. The charge — whether registered at the request of one or more creditors or legatees, or at the request of some of them successively or simultaneously — inures to the benefit of all creditors and legatees without prejudice to any preference or priority previously established among them, and without creating any new grounds of preference or priority. This charge is binding on the personal creditors of the heir, and also on the testator's creditors and the legatees if they have not submitted a registration request before expiry of the period specified in the first paragraph of this article.

ARTICLE 139

Protective and Provisional Entries*

In the various cases of compulsory charges, the president of the court may, on application and where there is an urgent cause, order the entry of such protective or provisional registrations as may be required; these entries shall have effect only until the final judgment requiring registration is rendered. If the final judgment confirms all or only some of the entries, the charge, as finally defined, shall take rank from the date of the provisional entry.

Subsubsection 4Deferred Charges
ARTICLE 50

Extinction of the Right of Usufruct*

The right of usufruct is extinguished upon expiry of its term, by the death of the usufructuary, by the total loss of the thing, by the usufructuary's renunciation, by judicial forfeiture for abuse, or by consolidation — that is, by the merger of the capacities of usufructuary and owner in the same person. Such extinction has no effect vis-à-vis third parties until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled. The right of usufruct passes, where appropriate, to the indemnity from insurance or from expropriation for public benefit.

ARTICLE 51

Expiry of the Usufruct Term*

Upon expiry of the usufruct term, the usufructuary is accountable to the owner for any damage caused to the property by his acts. He has no right to compensation for improvements effected without the owner's consent; however, where an improvement and damage have both occurred, a set-off shall be made between the two. As regards new constructions erected by the usufructuary and plantings made by him, the provisions of Article 218 of this Decree shall apply.

ARTICLE 52

Usufruct Over a Building and Usufruct Over All Property*

If the right of usufruct exists only over a building and that building is destroyed by fire, accident, or dilapidation, the usufructuary has no right to enjoy either the land or the building materials. The same applies if the usufruct encompasses all the property of which the building forms part, unless the final provisions of Article 46 above apply in either of the two cases mentioned.

ARTICLE 53

Judicial Forfeiture of the Usufructuary's Right*

The usufructuary may be judicially deprived of his right by court judgment, upon the application of the owner of the bare property, on grounds of abuse of rights of enjoyment, in particular if he has caused waste to the property or allowed it to deteriorate through neglect. In such proceedings, the usufructuary's creditors may intervene and offer to remedy the damage caused and to give guarantees for the future. The court may, according to the circumstances of the case, either order the absolute forfeiture of the right of usufruct or order that the property not be returned to the owner of the bare property except on condition that he pay annually to the usufructuary, or to whomever his right has passed, a fixed sum until the expiry date appointed for the termination of the usufruct.

ARTICLE 54

Sale of Property Subject to Usufruct*

If the owner of the bare property sells the property over which the usufruct exists, the sale in no way alters the usufructuary's right; the usufructuary continues to enjoy the property unless he has expressly renounced it.

ARTICLE 55

Rights of the Usufructuary's Creditors*

The usufructuary's creditors are entitled to apply to set aside a transfer of the usufruct where such transfer is prejudicial to their interests.

ARTICLE 140

Repealed by Article 4 of Law No. 76 of 3 April 1999.

Amended 1999
ARTICLE 141

Repealed by Article 4 of Law No. 76 of 3 April 1999.

Amended 1999
ARTICLE 142

Repealed by Article 4 of Law No. 76 of 3 April 1999.

Amended 1999
ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Subsection 3

Rights of the Creditor Holding a Charge

ARTICLE 10

Real Rights*

The following real rights may exist over immovable property:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf (right of disposition)
  3. 3)Superficie (surface right)
  4. 4)Usufruct
  5. 5)Right of priority over vacant waste lands
  6. 6)Real easements
  7. 7)Rights of pledge: mortgage (rahn) and sale with right of redemption
  8. 8)Privileges and charges
  9. 9)Waqf (endowment)
  10. 10)Double lease (ijaratain)
  11. 11)Long lease (emphyteusis)
  12. 12)Option arising from a sale with right of redemption.

1. في ما يتعلق بقسمة الأراضي الأميرية الموقوفة، راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 1/1329.

2. في ما يتعلق بجزئية الأراضي المشاعية، راجع القرار رقم 171 تاريخ 3/10/1926، المنشور مع الأحكام المتعلقة بالأراضي المشاعية.

3. راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 2/2/1328 المتعلق بتصرف الاشخاص المعنيين بالأموال غير المنقولة.

ARTICLE 20

Rights of a Co-owner in Jointly Held Property*

No co-owner of jointly held immovable property may exercise his rights over the entire property or over a specified portion of it without the consent of the remaining co-owners. Nor may he exercise any right whatsoever over a co-owner's share without that co-owner's permission; however, the consent of an absent co-owner shall be presumed to have been given at all times in matters relating to the management and administration of the property, provided no harm accruing to the absent co-owner from such management exceeds the value of his share, calculated at the minimum. This provision does not preclude the application of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 establishing the land registration system.

1. Regarding the establishment of concise rules for resolving co-ownership in properties having ten or more owners, see Law No. 16 of 6 March 1982, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 21

Determining the Manner of Enjoyment of Co-owned Property*

The co-owners shall, by mutual agreement, determine the manner of enjoyment of the co-owned property, and the fruits of the property shall be distributed in proportion to the respective shares, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 22

Payment of Expenses*

Each co-owner of jointly held property is obligated to pay, in proportion to his share, the costs of administration, repair, maintenance, and the taxes and levies applicable to the co-owned property. A co-owner who has advanced all or part of such expenses is entitled to recover them, unless they were incurred solely for the purpose of improving or beautifying the property, in which case they remain the liability of the person who incurred them.

ARTICLE 23

Disposition by a Co-owner of His Rights in the Property*

Each co-owner may freely dispose of his rights in the property; he may transfer them to a third party or create a charge over them without the consent of his co-owners, but he may not mortgage his share.

ARTICLE 24

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 25

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 26

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 27

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 84

Right to Create Easements*

Landowners may create over or for the benefit of their properties any easements they wish, provided that such easements are not imposed on persons or for the benefit of persons but rather on or for the benefit of land, and do not contravene public policy. The manner of use of such easements and their extent are defined by the instrument creating them; if no instrument exists, the following rules shall apply:

ARTICLE 143

Prohibition on Assignment of the Creditor's Right*

A creditor holding a charge may not assign his right to a third party without the debtor's express consent, unless the contract contains a clear provision authorising him to do so (for example, where the contract states that the charge is to bearer).

ARTICLE 144

Procedures for Assigning the Creditor's Right*

Assignment of the right is effected either by registration in the land register or in the charges register, or by endorsing the registration certificate. In the latter case, the endorser's signature must be officially certified in accordance with the provisions of Articles 59, 60, and 61 of Decree No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner of the French Republic on 15 March 1926.

ARTICLE 145

Right of Pursuit*

Holders of debts secured by a charge over an immovable may pursue it in whatever hands it passes and receive the amounts allocated to them, each according to his registered rank.

ARTICLE 193

Definition of Long Lease (Emphyteusis)*

A long lease (emphyteusis / muqata'a) is a contract whereby its holder acquires, for a specified consideration, the right to erect whatever buildings and make whatever plantings he wishes on waqf property; and he may thereby acquire exclusive ownership of those buildings and plantings within the conditions specified in Article 196.

1. i.e., 'd'une manière exclusive' — exclusively.

ARTICLE 194

Long Lease with Muqata'a*

The long lease with muqata'a — that is, with a fixed annual payment — is the only contract authorised; no other contract is permitted.

ARTICLE 195

Consideration and Rights Arising from Long-Lease Contracts*

The consideration shall be a specified sum of money equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity at the rate of two and a half per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax. The rights arising from long-lease contracts other than muqata'a, acquired prior to the entry into force of this Decree, must be redeemed by purchase pursuant to the provisions of Decree No. 80 of 29 December 1926.

1. أي: بالاستقلال d'une manière exclusive

ARTICLE 196

Acquisition of Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the right of muqata'a may at any time acquire ownership of the property for a purchase price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 197

Muqata'a Contract*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding a muqata'a contract.

ARTICLE 198

Definition of the Ownership Rights of the Muqata'a Holder*

The holder of the right of muqata'a is the owner of the buildings erected and the plantings made on the waqf property; he uses, enjoys, and disposes of them with full freedom as an owner. He may specifically transfer them with or without consideration, mortgage them, create a charge over them, create a waqf over them, or impose any other real right or easement within the limits of his right.

ARTICLE 199

The Endowed Land*

The endowed land shall be treated as an appurtenance of the buildings erected on it and the plantings growing in it; the land is therefore included in any transfer, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 200

Transfer of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to freehold (milk) properties.

ARTICLE 201

Forfeiture of the Muqata'a Holder's Right*

If no trace whatsoever of buildings or plantings remains on the land, the right of the muqata'a holder is forfeited if he fails to rebuild those buildings or replant within three years following a notice served on him by the waqf trustee, or if he fails to pay three years' due annual annuity. Forfeiture of the right in these two cases is declared by court order.

ARTICLE 202

Extinction of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is extinguished by consolidation of rights in the same person, by forfeiture of the right by its holder, or by extinction of the heirs; in all three cases the right reverts to the waqf.

ARTICLE 203

Provisions Applicable to Rights of Ijaratain and Long Lease*

The provisions relating to co-ownership and partition apply to the rights of ijaratain and long lease (muqata'a).

ARTICLE 232

Law Applicable to Foreigners*

The provisions of local law relating to gifts apply to foreigners.

1. See the provisions on gifts in the Code of Obligations and Contracts issued on 9 March 1932, in particular Articles 504 to 532 thereof.

ARTICLE 233

Capacity to Create a Waqf and Form of the Constitutive Instrument*

The capacity to create a waqf and the form of its constitutive instrument are governed by the provisions of local law.

Subsection 4

Effect of Charges Against the Debtor and Transferees of the Property

ARTICLE 28

Right of Superficie*

Superficie is the right of ownership in buildings, structures, or plantings standing on land belonging to another person.

1. في ما يتعلق بتحديد أصول موجزة لإزالة الشيوع في العقارات التي يبتعد مالكوها العشرة، راجع القانون رقم 16 تاريخ 1982/3/6

ARTICLE 29

Transfer of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie may be transferred and may be the subject of a charge. An easement may be imposed over property subject to a right of superficie, but only within the limits compatible with the exercise of that right of superficie.

ARTICLE 30

Extinction of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie is extinguished:

  1. 1)By consolidation with the right of ownership of the land in the same persons and in the same proportions of ownership.
  2. 2)By the total destruction of the buildings or structures, or by the destruction or disappearance of the plantings, that form the subject-matter of the right.
  3. 3)Buildings or structures that have become unfit for the use for which they were intended are deemed to be destroyed; the holder of the superficie may not rebuild them for renewed use, nor may he restore the plantings after his right has been extinguished. Nor may the holder of the right of superficie add any new structures.
  4. 4)The right of superficie remains confined to the buildings, structures, or plantings originally covered by the right.
  5. 5)Where it is established that the existence of the right of superficie impedes the exploitation of the land or its security, or that the benefit expected from it is so slight as to be disproportionate to the economic loss thereby caused to the land.
  6. 6)The land registrar shall cancel the right of superficie by administrative act in the case provided for in paragraph (1) of this article.
  7. 7)In all other cases, the extinction of the right of superficie is established by a judgment having the force of res judicata, rendered upon an action brought by the landowner before the civil single judge who applies the procedural rules governing urgent matters.
  8. 8)The landowner is required to pay the holder of the right of superficie compensation assessed by the competent court, not exceeding three times the value of the buildings, structures, or plantings subject to the right as at the date of commencement of the proceedings, in the cases set out in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this article.
Amended 2001
ARTICLE 31

Creation of the Right of Superficie*

No right of superficie may be created except as from the date of entry into force of this Decree.

ARTICLE 85

Use of Easements*

Whoever has created an easement is deemed to have implicitly granted everything necessary for its exercise. Thus the right to draw water from a spring necessarily includes the right of way over the land where the spring is located.

ARTICLE 86

Structures Necessary for the Exercise and Maintenance of the Easement*

The owner of the dominant tenement has the right to construct in the servient tenement all structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement.

ARTICLE 87

Costs of Structures*

The costs of structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement shall be borne by the owner of the dominant tenement.

ARTICLE 88

Subdivision of the Dominant Tenement*

If the dominant tenement is subdivided, the right of easement shall remain attached to each part of it without thereby increasing the burden on the servient tenement. For example, in the case of a right of way, all of the co-owners of the property must use the same route.

ARTICLE 89

Limitation of Use of the Easement*

The owner of the servient tenement may not carry out any act aimed at diminishing the use of the easement or making it more burdensome. In particular, he may not change the situation of the land or move the easement to a location other than that originally assigned to it. However, if the easement in its original location has become more burdensome for the owner of the servient tenement or prevents him from making useful improvements, he may offer the owner of the dominant tenement a location equally convenient for the exercise of his rights; and the latter may not refuse such an offer. Every holder of an easement may use it only in accordance with the terms of the instrument creating it, and may not carry out on his own land or on the servient tenement any act that would aggravate the burden on that tenement.

ARTICLE 146

Disposition of Charged Property*

The debtor or the depositary may freely dispose of the charged property and may, in accordance with the rules set out below, discharge the obligation before maturity without the consent of the creditors holding charges.

ARTICLE 147

Sale of Charged Property*

If the debtor sells the property or the right subject to a charge after the charge agreement is concluded, the third party to whom the property is transferred, who is a party to the proceedings, has the option either to pay the pursuing creditor the full capital with interest and costs, or to submit to the procedures of compulsory expropriation initiated by the creditor.

ARTICLE 148

Deterioration of Charged Property*

If the charged property or properties suffer deterioration or damage rendering them insufficient as security for the creditor, the creditor is entitled to demand immediate repayment of his capital following a court declaration of insufficiency, or to demand additional security. Insurance indemnities shall in principle be applied to restore the property to its former state, subject to their being sufficient for that purpose. Restoration shall be carried out and the funds disbursed under the supervision of the creditor or creditors holding charges on terms agreed between them and the debtor; if no agreement is reached, the matter is decided by the court. If the insurance indemnity is insufficient, or if the debtor renounces restoration of the property, the indemnity shall be paid to the holders of privileged debts and charges entitled to participate in the distribution, each according to his debt rank; the debtor's right to the benefit of the term shall be reduced by the amount of such payment.

ARTICLE 149

Action for Damages*

If the person to whom the charged property is transferred makes alterations to the property, damage resulting from his acts or neglect that prejudices the creditors holding charges entitles them to bring an action for damages against him. He, for his part, may claim expenses he deemed it necessary to incur for the maintenance and upkeep of the property.

ARTICLE 234

Definition of Occupation (Istighal)*

Occupation grants the first occupant, by virtue of a legal permit from the State, the right to be preferred over all others in acquiring the right of tasarruf over vacant waste land.

ARTICLE 235

Right to Register the Tasarruf*

A holder of a right of priority who proves, after three years, that he has cultivated the land, erected buildings thereon, made plantings, or improved it within the conditions set out in the special regulations governing State property, acquires free of charge the right to register the tasarruf in respect of the part he has cultivated, planted, built upon, or improved; however, he forfeits the right of tasarruf if, after registration, he abandons the exercise of his right for three consecutive years during the ten years following registration.

ARTICLE 236

Prohibition on Acquiring Rights Over Registered Property*

Occupation does not confer any right whatsoever over property already registered in the land register or under the administration of State property, nor over forests, public dedicated lands, or protected public domain lands.

ARTICLE 237

Division of Treasure Trove*

Treasure found in the ground shall be divided as follows: three-fifths to the landowner, one-fifth to the finder, and the remaining fifth to the public treasury, subject to the restrictions set out in the applicable laws and regulations concerning mines and antiquities.

Subsection 5

Extinction of Charges

ARTICLE 32

Right of Usufruct*

Usufruct is a real right to use and enjoy a thing belonging to another, and it is extinguished ipso jure upon the death of the usufructuary. A right of usufruct may not be created in favour of legal persons.

ARTICLE 33

Creation of the Right of Usufruct*

A right of usufruct is created by the mere declaration of will and may be created for a term or subject to a condition.

ARTICLE 34

Rights Over Which a Usufruct May Be Created*

In real property matters, a right of usufruct may be created over the following rights:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf
  3. 3)Superficie
  4. 4)Double lease (ijaratain)
  5. 5)Long lease (emphyteusis).
ARTICLE 90

Extinction of Easements by Cancellation*

An easement is extinguished by cancellation of the registration entry. Cancellation is effected by agreement of the parties or by court order. The court may order cancellation if the easement is of no benefit or if it is impossible to enforce it.

ARTICLE 150

Extinction of Charge by Cancellation*

A charge is extinguished by cancellation. Cancellation takes effect:

  1. 1)By extinction of the obligation secured by the charge.
  2. 2)By the creditor's renunciation of his right.
ARTICLE 238

Definition of the Right of Pre-emption*

Pre-emption (shuf'a) is a right entitling its holder to substitute himself for the buyer in respect of the property sold, in the circumstances and on the conditions set out in the following articles. The right of pre-emption applies to freehold (milk) properties and to miri lands. Rights of preference (rujhan) and tapu rights under Ottoman land law are hereby abolished.

1. Pursuant to Article 5 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995 (concerning the amendment of certain provisions on pre-emption): 'The following provisions shall apply to pending actions at the date of entry into force of this Law: If the court finds that the right of pre-emption is based on a valid legal ground, the buyer from whom pre-emption is sought shall be awarded the compensation provided for in Article 249 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930. The buyer from whom pre-emption is sought may also be awarded compensation in addition to the pre-emption compensation, not exceeding 15% of the value of the property as assessed by the court on the date of entry into force of this Law. In such case, the pre-emptor may request the court to grant him a period for payment and to spread the additional compensation in instalments pursuant to Article 300 of the Code of Obligations and Contracts, subject to all instalments being paid no later than one year from the date of the judgment. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to actions that have been the subject of final and irrevocable judgments, whether or not enforcement has been sought. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to pre-emption actions brought after the entry into force of this Law.'

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 239

Establishment of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption vests:

  1. 1)In the owner of the bare property, if the right of usufruct is sold, whether the sale covers the entire right or part of it.
  2. 2)In a co-owner in jointly held property, if a share or more is sold to a person who is not a co-owner.
  3. 3)In the holder of the right of usufruct, if the bare ownership is sold, whether the sale covers the entire bare ownership or part of it.
  4. 4)All other rights of pre-emption that arose before the entry into force of this Law and have not yet been exercised are hereby extinguished.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 240

Competing Pre-emptors*

If pre-emptors from different categories compete, the right of pre-emption shall be exercised according to the order of priority set out in Article 239 above. If pre-emptors from the same category compete, the right of each shall be proportional to his share; if one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors may exercise the right in proportion to their respective shares.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 241

Repealed by Article 3 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 242

Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption belongs to the persons referred to in Article 239 whose title deed pre-dates the buyer's title deed.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 243

Transfer of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption passes upon the death of its holder to his heirs. It may not be transferred to a third party.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 244

Exercise of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised against the buyer or the donee for value. In the latter case, the right of pre-emption is subject to the same grounds of nullity, voidability, and cancellation as the gift itself. A pre-emption action does not lie in respect of an exchange of immovables or in respect of a sale between spouses, or between an ascendant and a descendant, or between brothers and sisters.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 245

Indivisibility of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is indivisible and may not be exercised or waived except in full. If there are multiple pre-emptors of equal rank and one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors must either all claim pre-emption or all waive it. However, if there are multiple buyers, the pre-emptor may take the share of one of them only.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 246

Forfeiture of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is forfeited:

  1. 1)If the pre-emptor fails to exercise it within the legal periods specified in the next two articles.
  2. 2)If the pre-emptor, prior to registration, expressly waives it in a written instrument of a duly established date that contains the name of the buyer, the price, and the conditions, and whose date does not pre-date registration by more than six months.
  3. 3)If the pre-emptor was the agent of the seller in the sale or a witness to the contract and signed without reservation.
  4. 4)If the pre-emptor expressly or impliedly waives his right after registration; however, after an action for pre-emption has been filed, such waiver is only valid with the buyer's consent.
Amended 1948
ARTICLE 247

Period for Exercising the Right of Pre-emption*

After registration of the property, the buyer may notify pre-emptors of the registration through the notary for persons domiciled in Lebanon, and in accordance with Article 362 of the Code of Civil Procedure for persons residing abroad, stating in the notice the property sold and its description, the date of registration, the names and addresses of the contracting parties, the price, and the contractual conditions. The pre-emptor must exercise his right within ten days of notification, after adding a period for distance, under penalty of forfeiture.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 248

Effect of Notification*

If the notification provided for in the preceding article has not been given, the right of pre-emption lapses after one year from the date of registration of the contract in the land register. This period runs against incapacitated persons and absent persons. The period referred to in this article and in the preceding article is only interrupted by the filing of a pre-emption action before the court having jurisdiction in the place where the property is situated, determined by the amount stated in the contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 249

Compensation in Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised on condition that the holder fully compensates the buyer. This compensation includes:

  1. 1)The sale price that must be reimbursed and actually deposited on the day the pre-emption action is filed at the latest, unless the registered contract provides for deferred payment. The offer and actual deposit shall be made in the registry of the competent court hearing the pre-emption action.
  2. 2)Contract expenses, including official registration fees and the agent's commission, provided this commission does not exceed the amount fixed by the legal schedule.
  3. 3)The value of improvements made to the property by the buyer's acts, without regard to economic appreciation resulting from market fluctuations.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 250

Transfer of the Pre-empted Property to a Third Party*

If the pre-empted property has been transferred to a third party by registration in the land register prior to the filing of the pre-emption action, pre-emption may only be exercised against the second buyer and on the conditions on which he purchased.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 251

Determination of the True Price*

If there is a dispute between the buyer and the holder of the right of pre-emption as to the amount of the price of the pre-empted property, the court shall determine the true price having regard to the value of the pre-empted property. The buyer may not be heard to claim that the price is higher than that stated in the registered contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 252

Acquisition by the Pre-emptor of the Right to Registration*

The right of pre-emption is established and the pre-emptor acquires the right to registration either by the buyer's voluntary delivery of the pre-empted property after payment of the price and its accessories as specified in Article 249, or by a judgment rendered in favour of the pre-emptor.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 253

Effects of Pre-emption*

The pre-emptor is deemed to have purchased from the buyer, and the pre-emption has between them the effects of a sale. The pre-emptor is not entitled to benefit from any deferred payment provided for in the contract for the buyer's benefit, unless the court so decides subject to such guarantees as it deems necessary. Where there is deferred payment as provided for in the contract, the court may not grant the pre-emptor a period for payment.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 254

Pre-emption of Waqf Property*

There is no right of pre-emption in respect of waqf property, nor in respect of a sale by public auction conducted by the administration or the courts.

Amended 1948
Subsection 6

Cancellation of Charge Entries

ARTICLE 151

Cancellation of Entries*

Entries are cancelled by agreement of both parties having the requisite standing, or by a judgment having the force of res judicata. They may, however, be cancelled without the creditors' consent if the amount of the debt has been tendered after its maturity in a genuine and effective offer to the creditors and they have refused to accept it. A valid tender of the debt after its maturity discharges the debtor and, as against him, stands in lieu of payment, provided the offer was made in a proper form. The amount or thing tendered in this manner is held in trust for the creditor at his risk and responsibility.

ARTICLE 152

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 153

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 154

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 155

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 156

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 157

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 255

Running of Prescription*

Prescription does not run against the following real property rights, nor may ownership thereof be acquired by adverse possession:

  1. 1)Rights registered in the land register.
  2. 2)Property belonging to the State pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 of Decree No. 275 of 25 May 1926, whether identified, defined, and recorded or not yet subjected to those formalities.
  3. 3)Property of municipalities proper.
  4. 4)Communal lands (mushaa) owned by villages in communal ownership.
  5. 5)Courts hearing real property ownership cases, including real property judges, must join the Directorate General of Real Property Affairs — the department responsible for private State immovable property, and the municipalities concerned — as parties in every action or application asserting a right of ownership based on adverse possession, before rendering their judgments or orders.

1. Text of Article 255 prior to its amendment by Law No. 583 of 23 April 2004: 'Prescription does not run against rights registered in the land register or subject to the administration of State property.'

Amended 2004
ARTICLE 256

Prohibition on Acquiring the Right of Building Over Public Domain Property by Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over public dedicated, protected, or public domain properties.

ARTICLE 257

Acquisition of the Right to Registration in the Land Register by Adverse Possession*

The right to registration in the land register in respect of immovable property and rights not registered in the land register may be acquired by a person who possesses the property quietly, in good faith, and continuously for a period of ten years — either personally or through another person acting on his behalf — provided that possessor has a valid title deed; in the absence of such a title deed, the period required is fifteen years.

ARTICLE 258

Continuity of Adverse Possession*

Adverse possession is deemed continuous from the moment the possessor regularly and ordinarily exercises the right claimed. A person invoking prescription may rely on the possession of the person from whom the property came to him. A farmer, operator, custodian, borrower, or their heirs may not invoke prescription.

ARTICLE 259

Proof of Adverse Possession*

Adverse possession proven at a given time, together with current adverse possession, raises a presumption that possession continued during the intervening period, unless the contrary is proven.

ARTICLE 260

Acquisition of the Right to Register Tasarruf Over Miri Land*

The right to register tasarruf over miri lands not subject to State property administration is acquired by ten years of adverse possession with or without a title deed, provided that the possessor has been cultivating the land.

ARTICLE 261

Prohibition on Acquiring a Real Right Against One's Own Title Deed*

A person may not acquire by prescription a real right against his own personal title deed or against that of his predecessors.

ARTICLE 262

Prohibition on Advance Waiver of the Right of Prescription*

An advance waiver of the right of prescription is not permitted; however, any person of full legal capacity may waive in advance a right already acquired by prescription.

ARTICLE 263

Effect of Interruption of Prescription*

If prescription is interrupted, the period of adverse possession prior to the interruption shall not be counted.

ARTICLE 264

Interruption of Prescription*

Prescription is also interrupted whenever the possessor loses possession, even if that possession is lost through the act of a third party.

ARTICLE 265

Effect of Judicial Action*

Prescription is also interrupted when the owner of the property claims his right by judicial action, provided his action has not been abandoned and allowed to lapse.

ARTICLE 266

Non-running of Prescription*

In real property matters, prescription does not run against absent persons or against incapacitated persons by operation of law.

1. The meaning of the term 'absent persons' as used in Article 266 above was interpreted by Decree No. 323/L.R. of 6 December 1940 as follows: 'In the meaning intended by Article 266 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930 establishing a system of real property ownership and immovable real rights, the word "absent persons" must be understood to mean persons who have left their domicile and have had no news for a long time, in a manner that makes it unknown whether they are alive or dead.' — This Decree No. 323/1940 was subsequently repealed by Decree No. 53/L.R. of 5 March 1941; noted for reference.

Subsection 7

Compulsory Expropriation

ARTICLE 158

Compulsory Expropriation*

In the event of failure to pay the secured amounts at maturity, any creditor holding a charge, regardless of his rank, is entitled to pursue the compulsory expropriation of the property or the right subject to the charge. The pledgee-creditor or the buyer under a sale with right of redemption or with exploitation may exercise the same right, but may do so only after the debtor has been granted a non-revocable periodic notice for this purpose.

Amended 1932
ARTICLE 159

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 160

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 161

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 162

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 163

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 164

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 165

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 166

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 167

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 168

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 169

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 170

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 171

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 172

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 173

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 267

Right to Register Real Property Rights*

The right to register real property rights is acquired by virtue of contracts. The special provisions on sale and gift apply to miri properties and to real rights pertaining to such properties.

Amended 1931
ARTICLE 268

Content of the Obligation to Deliver the Property*

The obligation to deliver a property includes the obligation to transfer it in the land register and to maintain it until transfer, under penalty of the creditor being compensated for damage and interest.

ARTICLE 269

Obligations of Transfer in the Land Register*

The obligations of transfer of property in the land register are governed by the provisions relating to sale, privileges, and charges, and by the provisions of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 of 15 March 1926, concerning the establishment of the land register.

ARTICLE 270

Repeal of Conflicting Provisions*

The following are hereby repealed and shall remain repealed: the Imperial Irade of 5 Jumada al-Ula 1331 — 30 March 1329 concerning tasarruf, and the provisions of Titles II, III, IV and V of Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922. As from the date on which this Decree enters into force, the following shall cease to have effect: the laws, imperial irades, regulations, decrees of the High Commissioner, and local decrees — and in particular the provisions of property law, the provisions of the Mecelle, and other related laws — on all matters regulated by this Decree. Beirut, 12 November 1930 High Commissioner ad interim Signature: Teitro This Law was published in Official Gazette No. 2479 of 27 March 1931.

2. Note: The French text (which is the authentic text) reads: 'Art. 270 de l'arrêté 3339 «sont et demeurent abrogés... et les dispositions des titres 2, 3 et 4 de l'arrêté 1329 du 20-3-1922».' The word 'Titre' was sometimes rendered as 'Bab' (chapter) or 'Fasl' (section); Title IV does not contain any chapter or division, and is directly followed by Title V containing 'Provisional Provisions'. Title V (the last) is no longer in force and is addressed in Article 101 thereof which provides that the agreed interest rate in charge contracts may not exceed 12 per cent. The provisions of Titles I and V from Decree No. 1329 referred to above remain in force as they were not repealed by Article 270.

Amended 1932Amended 1934
Section 6

Waqf, Double Lease (Ijaratain), and Long Lease

Subsection 1

Waqf (Endowment)

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Double Lease (Ijaratain)

ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Subsection 3

Long Lease (Emphyteusis / Muqata'a)

ARTICLE 10

Real Rights*

The following real rights may exist over immovable property:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf (right of disposition)
  3. 3)Superficie (surface right)
  4. 4)Usufruct
  5. 5)Right of priority over vacant waste lands
  6. 6)Real easements
  7. 7)Rights of pledge: mortgage (rahn) and sale with right of redemption
  8. 8)Privileges and charges
  9. 9)Waqf (endowment)
  10. 10)Double lease (ijaratain)
  11. 11)Long lease (emphyteusis)
  12. 12)Option arising from a sale with right of redemption.

1. في ما يتعلق بقسمة الأراضي الأميرية الموقوفة، راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 1/1329.

2. في ما يتعلق بجزئية الأراضي المشاعية، راجع القرار رقم 171 تاريخ 3/10/1926، المنشور مع الأحكام المتعلقة بالأراضي المشاعية.

3. راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 2/2/1328 المتعلق بتصرف الاشخاص المعنيين بالأموال غير المنقولة.

ARTICLE 20

Rights of a Co-owner in Jointly Held Property*

No co-owner of jointly held immovable property may exercise his rights over the entire property or over a specified portion of it without the consent of the remaining co-owners. Nor may he exercise any right whatsoever over a co-owner's share without that co-owner's permission; however, the consent of an absent co-owner shall be presumed to have been given at all times in matters relating to the management and administration of the property, provided no harm accruing to the absent co-owner from such management exceeds the value of his share, calculated at the minimum. This provision does not preclude the application of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 establishing the land registration system.

1. Regarding the establishment of concise rules for resolving co-ownership in properties having ten or more owners, see Law No. 16 of 6 March 1982, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 21

Determining the Manner of Enjoyment of Co-owned Property*

The co-owners shall, by mutual agreement, determine the manner of enjoyment of the co-owned property, and the fruits of the property shall be distributed in proportion to the respective shares, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 22

Payment of Expenses*

Each co-owner of jointly held property is obligated to pay, in proportion to his share, the costs of administration, repair, maintenance, and the taxes and levies applicable to the co-owned property. A co-owner who has advanced all or part of such expenses is entitled to recover them, unless they were incurred solely for the purpose of improving or beautifying the property, in which case they remain the liability of the person who incurred them.

ARTICLE 23

Disposition by a Co-owner of His Rights in the Property*

Each co-owner may freely dispose of his rights in the property; he may transfer them to a third party or create a charge over them without the consent of his co-owners, but he may not mortgage his share.

ARTICLE 24

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 25

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 26

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 27

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 84

Right to Create Easements*

Landowners may create over or for the benefit of their properties any easements they wish, provided that such easements are not imposed on persons or for the benefit of persons but rather on or for the benefit of land, and do not contravene public policy. The manner of use of such easements and their extent are defined by the instrument creating them; if no instrument exists, the following rules shall apply:

ARTICLE 143

Prohibition on Assignment of the Creditor's Right*

A creditor holding a charge may not assign his right to a third party without the debtor's express consent, unless the contract contains a clear provision authorising him to do so (for example, where the contract states that the charge is to bearer).

ARTICLE 144

Procedures for Assigning the Creditor's Right*

Assignment of the right is effected either by registration in the land register or in the charges register, or by endorsing the registration certificate. In the latter case, the endorser's signature must be officially certified in accordance with the provisions of Articles 59, 60, and 61 of Decree No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner of the French Republic on 15 March 1926.

ARTICLE 145

Right of Pursuit*

Holders of debts secured by a charge over an immovable may pursue it in whatever hands it passes and receive the amounts allocated to them, each according to his registered rank.

ARTICLE 193

Definition of Long Lease (Emphyteusis)*

A long lease (emphyteusis / muqata'a) is a contract whereby its holder acquires, for a specified consideration, the right to erect whatever buildings and make whatever plantings he wishes on waqf property; and he may thereby acquire exclusive ownership of those buildings and plantings within the conditions specified in Article 196.

1. i.e., 'd'une manière exclusive' — exclusively.

ARTICLE 194

Long Lease with Muqata'a*

The long lease with muqata'a — that is, with a fixed annual payment — is the only contract authorised; no other contract is permitted.

ARTICLE 195

Consideration and Rights Arising from Long-Lease Contracts*

The consideration shall be a specified sum of money equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity at the rate of two and a half per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax. The rights arising from long-lease contracts other than muqata'a, acquired prior to the entry into force of this Decree, must be redeemed by purchase pursuant to the provisions of Decree No. 80 of 29 December 1926.

1. أي: بالاستقلال d'une manière exclusive

ARTICLE 196

Acquisition of Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the right of muqata'a may at any time acquire ownership of the property for a purchase price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 197

Muqata'a Contract*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding a muqata'a contract.

ARTICLE 198

Definition of the Ownership Rights of the Muqata'a Holder*

The holder of the right of muqata'a is the owner of the buildings erected and the plantings made on the waqf property; he uses, enjoys, and disposes of them with full freedom as an owner. He may specifically transfer them with or without consideration, mortgage them, create a charge over them, create a waqf over them, or impose any other real right or easement within the limits of his right.

ARTICLE 199

The Endowed Land*

The endowed land shall be treated as an appurtenance of the buildings erected on it and the plantings growing in it; the land is therefore included in any transfer, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 200

Transfer of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to freehold (milk) properties.

ARTICLE 201

Forfeiture of the Muqata'a Holder's Right*

If no trace whatsoever of buildings or plantings remains on the land, the right of the muqata'a holder is forfeited if he fails to rebuild those buildings or replant within three years following a notice served on him by the waqf trustee, or if he fails to pay three years' due annual annuity. Forfeiture of the right in these two cases is declared by court order.

ARTICLE 202

Extinction of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is extinguished by consolidation of rights in the same person, by forfeiture of the right by its holder, or by extinction of the heirs; in all three cases the right reverts to the waqf.

ARTICLE 203

Provisions Applicable to Rights of Ijaratain and Long Lease*

The provisions relating to co-ownership and partition apply to the rights of ijaratain and long lease (muqata'a).

ARTICLE 232

Law Applicable to Foreigners*

The provisions of local law relating to gifts apply to foreigners.

1. See the provisions on gifts in the Code of Obligations and Contracts issued on 9 March 1932, in particular Articles 504 to 532 thereof.

ARTICLE 233

Capacity to Create a Waqf and Form of the Constitutive Instrument*

The capacity to create a waqf and the form of its constitutive instrument are governed by the provisions of local law.

Section 7

Acquisition, Transfer, and Extinction of Real Rights

Subsection 1

Modes of Acquisition, Transfer, and Extinction of Real Rights

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Accession

ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Section 8

Promise to Sell and Option

ARTICLE 220

Definition of Promise to Sell*

A promise to sell is an agreement whereby a person undertakes to sell a thing to another person as soon as that other person (who does not undertake to purchase the thing) declares that he has decided to purchase the thing promised on those terms. A promise to sell is valid only if the agreement of both parties simultaneously covers the thing, the price, and the period within which the promisee may exercise his option to purchase. This period may not exceed five years. If the parties agree on a period exceeding five years, the promise is valid but shall have effect for five years only. A promise to sell may be in favour of a named person; it may also be 'to bearer', in which case its transfer shall be effected by endorsing the promise to sell instrument. An endorsement is void if it does not bear a date written out in full, the signature of the endorser, and official certification of that signature. The promise to sell instrument may not be drawn up 'to bearer'.

ARTICLE 221

Provisions Applicable to the Promise to Sell*

A promise to sell an immovable gives rise to a real right that is, as such, subject to all provisions governing real rights (including the provisions of Decree No. 188 of 15 March 1926, whose Article 10 applies specifically to the transfer of promises to sell, in particular to the endorsement of bearer instruments), subject to the contrary provisions specifically set out in this Decree.

ARTICLE 222

Prohibition on Selling a Property*

A promise to sell an immovable prevents the promisor from selling the property or creating any real right over it other than a charge, during the period given to the promisee to decide on the purchase.

ARTICLE 223

Right of the Promisor to Create a Charge Over the Property*

The promisor is entitled to create a charge over the property during the same period, but charges so created shall not prejudice the rights of the promisee; if the promisee decides to purchase, the purchase price shall genuinely replace the charged property and the rights of the creditors holding charges shall pass to that price in accordance with the order established pursuant to Articles 16 and 17 of Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 224

Binding Effect of the Promise to Sell on Third Parties*

The promise to sell — and in particular its consequences as defined in Articles 222 and 223 — is not binding on bona fide third parties except as from the date of its provisional registration in the land register pursuant to Article 25 of Decree No. 188 of 15 March 1926. Such provisional registration is void if it does not state the price and the agreed period, the full name and address of the promisee, and, where applicable, the word 'bearer'.

ARTICLE 225

Entry of a Charge*

If a charge is registered during the period between the provisional registration of the promise to sell and the promisee's decision to purchase, payment of the purchase price by the buyer shall only be valid if made through the notary, who is required to distribute it pursuant to Article 223 and to the other applicable legal provisions.

ARTICLE 226

Procedure for Preserving the Effect of the Provisional Entry*

If the seller refuses, during this period, to comply with the buyer's request to execute and register the final deed of sale, the buyer must take the following steps to preserve the effect of the provisional entry beyond the option period:

  1. 1)He must notify the seller and the head of the land registry office in writing, before the said period expires, of his intention to exercise the option to purchase.
  2. 2)Within fifteen days following the exercise of the option, he must file his action with the court requesting a judgment ordering the final transfer; the action shall be brought against the seller and the head of the land registry office shall be joined in the proceedings.
ARTICLE 227

Final Transfer*

The head of the land registry office shall effect the final transfer at the buyer's request once the judgment ordering the transfer has acquired the force of res judicata.

Section 9

Acquisition of the Right to Registration in the Land Register

Subsection 1

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register

ARTICLE 1

Classification of Immovable Property*

Immovable property falls into three categories:

ARTICLE 2

Immovables by Nature*

Immovables by nature are material things that, by reason of their very substance, have a fixed and non-transferable location, such as land, mines, plants rooted in the soil (so long as they remain attached to it), and buildings. The term "buildings" encompasses not only constructed structures (such as dwellings, warehouses, factories, temples, granaries, etc.) but also engineering works of every description, including bridges, wells, furnaces, dams, reservoirs, tunnels, and the like, provided they are formed by an assembly of building materials fastened together in a permanent manner, whether above or below ground level. All fixtures and fittings attached to a building and intended to complete it (such as balconies, gutters, door locks, and water-supply fittings) are likewise regarded as immovables by nature.

ARTICLE 3

Immovables by Designation*

Immovables by designation are things that would ordinarily be considered movables but are appurtenances of an immovable by nature, subject to the following conditions:

  1. 1)That the thing and the immovable by nature belong to the same owner.
  2. 2)That the thing is designated for the exploitation of the property or, more generally, for the service of the property of which it forms a part.
  3. 3)Among such things are:
  4. 4)In respect of agricultural exploitation: animals kept for cultivation, agricultural implements, oil presses, stills, large casks intended for holding grapes in a winery, seed-stocks of nurseries, beehives, silkworm cocoons in a cocoonery, fertiliser and straw intended for use on the farm, and lime-spreaders.
  5. 5)In respect of industrial exploitation: raw materials and all machinery (including small motors, pulleys, etc. and looms), provided that the building in which such machinery is installed is specially equipped for the machinery and apparatus it contains.
  6. 6)(The furniture of hotels, furnished houses, entertainment establishments, bathhouses, and commercial premises is not considered immovable.)
  7. 7)Among things also considered immovable are movables permanently fixed in the ground.
ARTICLE 4

Incorporeal Immovables*

Incorporeal immovables are rights, charges, easements in rem, and other rights whose object is a tangible immovable property.

ARTICLE 11

Real Property Ownership*

Real property ownership is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable, within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over freehold (milk) properties.

1. Regarding the regulation of shared ownership in built properties, see Legislative Decree No. 88 of 16 September 1983, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 12

Ownership of a Property*

Ownership of a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 13

Ownership of Land*

Ownership of land extends to ownership of everything above and below its surface; accordingly, the owner of land may plant it with whatever he wishes, erect whatever buildings he wishes, carry out excavations to any desired depth, and extract from those excavations whatever they may yield, all within the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

ARTICLE 59

Definition of Natural Easements*

Low-lying lands are burdened, with respect to the higher lands that overlook them, with the obligation to receive water that flows naturally from those higher lands, without any human intervention in its flow. The owner of the lower land may not erect any dam to prevent this flow. The owner of the higher land may not take any action that increases the burden of this easement on the lower land.

ARTICLE 60

Right to Use Water*

Every owner of a property has the right to use rainwater falling on his land and to dispose of it; however, if such use or the direction in which the water is channelled is liable to increase the burden of the natural easement of drainage referred to in the preceding article, compensation must be paid to the owner of the lower land. The same provisions apply to water from springs rising on any land. If the owner of land diverts water onto his land by sinking a well or by underground excavations, the owners of lower-lying land must receive it, but they have a right to compensation if its drainage causes them harm. Houses, courtyards, gardens, orchards, and enclosed parcels adjacent to dwellings are not subject to the easement of drainage of water in the cases provided for in the preceding paragraphs. Disputes arising from the creation or exercise of the easements referred to in the preceding paragraphs, and similarly questions of compensation owed, where appropriate, to owners of lower-lying land, shall be referred to the judge of the district court. That judge shall, in rendering his decision, balance the interests of agriculture and industry with respect for the right of ownership.

1. - في ما يتعلق بحق الارتفاق بالمجري راجع القانون تاريخ 7/6/1937.

ARTICLE 61

Right of the Landowner to Enclose His Property*

Every landowner may enclose his property, unless such enclosure prevents the exercise of an easement established for the benefit of an adjacent property.

ARTICLE 91

Pledge by Transfer of Ownership*

A sale with right of redemption (bay' bil-wafa') or pledge by transfer of ownership is a sale of an immovable on condition that the seller shall have the right at any time, or upon expiry of the agreed term, to repurchase the property by refunding the price, and the buyer shall have the right to recover the price upon return of the property.

ARTICLE 92

Sale of Property with Right of Redemption*

Any immovable that may be sold may also be sold with a right of redemption. It may be stipulated in the sale with right of redemption contract that the seller shall remain in possession of the property as tenant: this is the sale with exploitation (bay' bil-istighlal).

ARTICLE 93

Mutual Consent*

Neither the buyer nor the seller may, during the term of the contract, transfer the property, lease it, or create real rights over it except with their mutual express consent.

ARTICLE 94

Contractual Conditions*

The contract may stipulate that the buyer shall enjoy the use of the property without charge, or that he shall receive a portion of its fruits.

ARTICLE 95

Buyer's Obligations*

The buyer shall, unless otherwise agreed, be responsible for maintaining the property and carrying out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover the resulting costs from the fruits of the property. Once the property is delivered to him, the buyer becomes liable to the seller for the fruits received — unless otherwise agreed — and each year the value of the fruits shall be set off against the principal of the debt, after deducting, where appropriate, the value of the fruits received on his own account in accordance with the contractual conditions, and the amount of his expenditure on the property.

ARTICLE 96

Buyer's Liability*

The buyer is liable for loss or damage to the property sold, on the following terms: The amount of the loss or damage shall be set off against the principal of the debt; if that amount equals or exceeds the price of the property, the sale shall be rescinded as a matter of law, and the surplus shall be owed to the buyer, unless the loss or damage was caused by force majeure. If an insured property is lost or damaged, the insurance indemnity shall be applied in priority to payment of the creditor's debt, and the debtor's debt shall be reduced by the amount of the indemnity.

ARTICLE 97

Transfer of the Right of Rescission*

Upon the death of the buyer or seller, the right of rescission passes to their heirs.

ARTICLE 98

Indivisibility of the Sale with Right of Redemption*

A sale with right of redemption is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the buyer or the seller.

ARTICLE 99

Rights of the Seller's Creditors*

During the entire term of the contract and prior to repayment of the price to the buyer, the seller's creditors have no right to exercise any claim over the property.

ARTICLE 100

Sale of the Property*

If the seller does not repay the price, the buyer is entitled to request the sale of the property in order to recover his debt from the proceeds.

ARTICLE 117

Definition of the Right of Privilege*

A privilege, in real property matters, is a real right granted to a creditor by reason of the particular nature of his debt, entitling him to rank ahead of all other creditors, even ahead of holders of charges.

ARTICLE 118

Enumeration of Privileged Debts*

Privileged debts are three only:

  1. 1)The debt defined in Article 44 of Decree No. 186 of 15 March 1926.
  2. 2)Judicial costs arising from the sale of the property and the distribution of the proceeds thereof.
  3. 3)Transfer duties and penalties imposed for false declarations regarding the sale price.
ARTICLE 119

Exemption of Privileges from Registration*

By way of exception to the general principle laid down in Article 10 of the Decree governing the establishment of the land register, these privileges are exempt from registration.

ARTICLE 174

Waqf (Endowed) Property*

Waqf property may not be sold, transferred gratuitously or for value, or pass by inheritance; nor may it be pledged or charged. However, it may be substituted and subjected to double lease (ijaratain) and muqata'a.

ARTICLE 175

Registration of the Waqf in the Land Register*

The waqf does not prejudice real rights legally acquired and reserved over the property prior to registration of the waqf in the land register.

1. نص المادة 2 من القرار رقم 48 تاريخ 28/3/1933 : "أن المادة 152 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 157، والمادة 59 وما يليها إلى غاية المادة 173 من قرار المفوض السامي عدد 3339 المؤرخ في 12 تشرين الثاني سنة 1930 والقاضي بتنظيم الملكية العقارية والحقوق العينية العقارية، وإضافة المادة 168 من القرار عدد 102/ل.ر. المؤرخ في 6 آب سنة 1932 والقاضي بتعديل أحكام القرار 3339 يُلغى عن تطبيقها في اراضي الجمهورية اللبنانية منذ اليوم الذي يبدأ فيه العمل بمقتضى قانون اصول المحاكمات المدنية المصدق بهذا القرار.

ARTICLE 176

Legal Effect of the Waqf*

A waqf has no legal effect until the day of its registration in the land register.

ARTICLE 177

Things Covered by the Waqf*

The waqf covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its appurtenances and necessary accessories.

ARTICLE 178

Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over waqf properties used as a mosque, church, synagogue, hospital, educational institution, or property dedicated for public use.

ARTICLE 179

Provisions Relating to Endowments*

The rules relating to the creation, validity, purpose, partition, lease, and substitution of endowments are set out in the provisions of the special laws governing them.

ARTICLE 204

Acquisition and Transfer of Real Rights*

Real rights are acquired and transferred by registration in the land register. In addition to that mode, ownership rights and rights of tasarruf are also acquired by accession in accordance with the provisions of Chapter III of this Part. A person who acquires an immovable by inheritance, compulsory expropriation, or court order is an owner prior to registration, but the acquisition shall have no legal effect until registration.

1. See Decree No. 11614 of 4 January 1969 concerning the acquisition of real property rights by non-Lebanese persons in Lebanon, published subsequently.

ARTICLE 205

Effects of Registration Entries*

The effects of registration entries are defined by the provisions of Article 11 of Decree No. 188 relating to the land register.

ARTICLE 228

Modes of Acquiring the Right to Registration in the Land Register*

The right to registration in the land register is acquired by the following means:

  1. 1)By inheritance.
  2. 2)By gift inter vivos and by bequest.
  3. 3)By occupation (istighal).
  4. 4)By pre-emption (shuf'a).
  5. 5)By prescription.
  6. 6)By virtue of contracts.
  7. 7)The right to registration in respect of gifts and bequests is acquired by the mere occurrence of the gift and the death of the testator.
Subsection 2

Real Property Estates by Inheritance or Bequest

ARTICLE 5

Freehold Property (Milk)*

Freehold properties (milk) are immovable properties situated within the zones of inhabited localities as those zones are administratively defined, over which full ownership may be exercised, with the exception of properties located in the territories of the former independent State of Mount Lebanon, which remain subject to customary and local rules.

ARTICLE 6

Miri Land*

Miri lands are immovable properties the bare ownership (raqaba) of which belongs to the State and over which a right of tasarruf (disposition) may be exercised.

1. Regarding the partition of miri endowed lands, see the Ottoman Law of 1 Dhu al-Hijja 1329.

ARTICLE 7

Public Dedicated Property (Matruka Muraffaqa)*

  1. 1)Public dedicated properties (matruka muraffaqa) are immovable properties belonging to the State over which communities hold a right of use whose characteristics and extent are defined by local custom or by administrative regulations.
  2. 2)The properties referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be the special property of the municipality if they are situated within its boundaries. Municipal authorities may cancel or modify the right of use over some of the said properties while preserving the rights of third parties.
  3. 3)Municipalities may sell or dispose of the properties referred to in paragraph 2 only with the approval of the Council of Ministers, on the proposal of the Minister of Finance and Municipal and Rural Affairs.

2. Regarding the division of communal lands (mashaa), see Decree No. 171 of 10 March 1926, published in the section on communal lands.

3. See the Ottoman Law of 16 Safar 1328 concerning the disposal by legal persons of immovable property.

Amended 1971Amended 2000
ARTICLE 8

Protected Public Domain Property (Matruka Mahmiya)*

Protected public domain properties (matruka mahmiya) are immovable properties belonging to the State or to municipalities and forming part of the public domain.

ARTICLE 9

Vacant Waste Land (Mewat)*

Vacant waste lands (mewat) are miri lands belonging to the State that are not under cultivation and have not been reclaimed; the first person to occupy such land acquires, by virtue of a permit granted by the State, a right of priority thereover, subject to the conditions prescribed in the regulations governing State property.

ARTICLE 14

Definition of the Right of Tasarruf*

Tasarruf is the right to use, enjoy, and dispose of a given immovable within the conditions prescribed in the provisions of this Decree and within the limits of the laws, decrees, and regulations. This right may only be exercised over miri lands.

ARTICLE 15

Tasarruf Over a Property*

Tasarruf over a given immovable confers on its holder the right to all produce of the property and to everything that becomes physically united with it, whether such union or production is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 16

Scope of the Right of Tasarruf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over land may plant it with whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes; he may carry out excavations to any desired depth and extract from those excavations whatever building materials he wishes, and may freely dispose of such materials, together with all other products, subject in each case to the restrictions imposed by the laws, decrees, and regulations.

1. في ما يتعلق بتنظيم الملكية المشتركة في العقارات المبنية، راجع المرسوم الإستراتجي رقم 88 تاريخ 9/16/1983، المنشور في باب الشيوخ.

ARTICLE 17

Prohibition on Creating a Waqf*

The holder of a right of tasarruf over an immovable may exercise over it any act of disposition whatsoever, save that he may not create a waqf over it.

ARTICLE 18

Nullity of a Waqf*

Any waqf created after the entry into force of this Decree over miri land shall be null and void and treated as if it had never existed.

ARTICLE 19

Prescription*

The right of tasarruf is extinguished after the land has been left uncultivated or unused for a period of ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 62

Definition of Legal Easements*

A legal easement may be for the benefit of the public or for the benefit of private parties.

ARTICLE 101

Definition of Mortgage (Rahn)*

A mortgage (rahn) is a contract whereby the debtor pledges an immovable in the hands of his creditor, or in the hands of a third party, and the creditor acquires the right to retain the property until he is fully paid. If the debt is not paid, the creditor has the right to pursue the forced transfer of ownership of the debtor's property by legal means.

1. The 'adl is the person appointed by the pledgor and pledgee who takes possession of and holds the pledge (from the Mecelle).

ARTICLE 102

Specificity of Mortgage*

A mortgage may not be constituted to secure obligations of uncertain subject-matter or uncertain performance.

ARTICLE 103

Validity of Mortgage*

The validity of a mortgage is conditional upon the existence of a debt duly and properly established.

ARTICLE 104

Mortgage of Co-owned Shares*

Any immovable that may be sold may be mortgaged. Co-owned shares may not be mortgaged.

1. العدل هو الذي انتهت الراهن والمرتهن وسلمه واودعه الرهن (عن المجلة).

Amended 1941Amended 1942
ARTICLE 105

Mortgage of an Immovable*

An immovable may be mortgaged as security for a debt owed to a third party other than the pledgor.

1. See the Real Property Mortgages Law issued pursuant to Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922.

ARTICLE 106

Payment of the Debt*

The entire mortgaged property guarantees every part of the debt; however, the debtor may not claim to take back his property before the debt is fully paid.

ARTICLE 107

Failure to Pay*

It may not be agreed that the mortgaged property shall, in the event of failure to pay the debt, become the property of the creditor.

ARTICLE 108

Force Majeure*

The property shall remain under the supervision of the depositary (adl) and shall remain at the owner's risk and responsibility if the pledgee proves the occurrence of force majeure events.

2. i.e., the creditor-pledgee.

ARTICLE 109

Priority of Mortgage*

A mortgage does not rank ahead of real rights legally established and reserved over the property prior to registration of the mortgage in the land register.

ARTICLE 110

Things Covered by the Mortgage*

The mortgage covers all things that are or become integral parts of the property, as well as its necessary appurtenances.

ARTICLE 111

Debtor's Consent*

The creditor may not without the debtor's consent derive any gratuitous benefit from the mortgaged property; he shall, however, cause it to produce all the fruits it is capable of yielding, and those fruits shall be set off against the secured debt, even before maturity, applied first to interest and expenses, then to the principal.

3. i.e., to cause it to yield all the fruits it is capable of producing.

ARTICLE 112

Creditor's Duty of Care Over the Mortgaged Property*

The creditor is required to maintain the mortgaged property and to carry out useful and necessary repairs, and may recover from the fruits all costs of maintenance and repairs or claim them in priority from the proceeds of the property. He may at any time be relieved of these obligations by surrendering his right of mortgage.

ARTICLE 113

Indivisibility of Mortgage*

A mortgage is indivisible, even if the debt is divided among the heirs of the debtor and the heirs of the creditor. If a debtor's heir pays his portion of the debt he cannot claim delivery of the mortgaged property, just as a creditor's heir who has received his portion of the debt cannot deliver the property and thereby prejudice the interests of his co-heirs who have not yet received their shares.

ARTICLE 114

Mutual Consent*

Neither the debtor nor the creditor may dispose of the mortgaged property without their mutual consent; any contract concluded in contravention of this rule is null and void.

1. راجع قانون الرهونات العقارية الصادر بموجب القرار رقم 1329/3/20 تاريخ 20/3/1922.

2. أي: الدائن المرتهن.

3. اي: ان يجعله ينتج كل النفايات التي يمكنه انتاجها.

ARTICLE 115

Return of the Mortgaged Property to the Pledgor*

A mortgaged property that the pledgee-creditor lends back to the debtor or leases from him remains allocated to securing payment of the debt.

ARTICLE 116

Extinction of the Mortgage*

The mortgage is extinguished by payment of the debt at maturity, or by agreement between the debtor and the pledgee-creditor, or by the pledgee's unilateral declaration of intent. The extinction of the mortgage has no legal effect until the registration entry in the land register has been cancelled.

1. The conjunctive 'or' does not appear in the French text.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 180

Definition of Double Lease (Ijaratain)*

A double lease (ijaratain) is a contract whereby a person acquires permanently the right to use and enjoy a waqf property upon payment of its price. Such price consists of a specified sum of money regarded as an advance rent equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity equivalent to 3 per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax.

ARTICLE 181

Purchase of the Bare Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the double lease (ijaratain) is entitled at any time to purchase the bare ownership of the property for a price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 182

Obtaining a Licence*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding an ijaratain contract.

ARTICLE 183

Rights of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of ijaratain has the right to use and enjoy the property as a genuine owner; he may enjoy it personally or lease it, and may freely dispose of his right, in particular by transferring it with or without consideration, mortgaging it, creating a charge over it, and imposing any other real right or easement over it.

ARTICLE 184

Transfer of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to miri properties.

ARTICLE 185

Scope of the Right of Ijaratain*

The right of ijaratain encompasses all the produce and all accessions to the property, whether the accession is natural or artificial.

ARTICLE 186

Planting and Building*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may, with the permission of the waqf trustee, plant whatever he wishes and erect whatever buildings he wishes in the property, provided he observes the regulations relating to public order, roads, development, and planning.

ARTICLE 187

Excavations and Extraction of Building Materials*

The holder of the right of ijaratain may carry out excavations to any depth in the property and — subject to compliance with the laws and decrees relating to mines, quarries, and antiquities and to the regulations on public order and roads — may extract building materials from those excavations, but not any other materials.

ARTICLE 188

Application of the Provisions of Article 215 and Following*

The provisions of Articles 215 and following of this Decree shall apply in all cases where the holder of the right of ijaratain has erected buildings or made plantings without prior permission from the waqf trustee.

ARTICLE 189

Liability of the Holder of Ijaratain*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is liable for any diminution in the value of the property caused by him. He bears the costs of maintenance and any taxes and levies affecting the property. He may not claim reimbursement of expenditure incurred or the value of any improvement he introduces.

ARTICLE 190

Obligation to Pay the Perpetual Annuity*

The holder of the right of ijaratain is obligated to pay the perpetual annuity; if he fails to pay it or fails to pay compensation and other expenses owed, his right may be subjected to compulsory expropriation by legal means.

ARTICLE 191

Extinction of the Heirs*

The right of ijaratain subsists for the waqf in the event of the extinction of the heirs of the holder; however, it reverts to the waqf, and is extinguished as against its holder if he has failed to exercise it for ten consecutive years.

ARTICLE 192

Effect of Total Destruction of Buildings or Plantings*

The right of ijaratain is not extinguished by the total destruction of the buildings or plantings; it continues over the land.

ARTICLE 206

Ownership of Alluvion by the Adjoining Landowner*

Alluvion — that is, silt deposited gradually and imperceptibly on land adjoining a watercourse — belongs to the owner of that land.

ARTICLE 207

Displacement of Land from Its Location*

The owner of land displaced from its location by a sudden accident to lower-lying land may reclaim it, where it can be identified, within the year following the accident, under penalty of forfeiture of that right.

ARTICLE 208

Ownership of Islands in Rivers and Streams*

Large and small islands that form naturally in the beds of rivers and streams constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 209

Ownership of Islands in Lakes*

Islands, large and small, and alluvion forming in lakes, as well as the alluvion of lakes and the sea, constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 210

Acquired Lands*

Lands recovered from the sea, lakes, swamps, and marshes without prior survey constitute the private property of the State.

ARTICLE 211

Ownership by Adjacent Landowners of an Abandoned Riverbed or Stream*

If a river or stream changes its course and takes a new channel, the owners of the adjacent land have the right to acquire ownership of the old channel, each in the surface area extending in front of his land up to the presumed median line of the river; the price of the old channel is determined by experts appointed by the president of the local court. The proceeds of such a sale shall be distributed as compensation to the owners of the land occupied by the new channel, in proportion to the value of the land lost by each of them.

ARTICLE 212

Ownership by Accession*

The owner of a piece of land also becomes the owner by accession of a well sunk by a third party thereon, provided he pays the price thereof; he may, however, if he so wishes, allow the other party to take the crops produced in exchange for a fixed annual rental. If the well has not yet been completed, the landowner may require the third party to abandon it without paying him for ploughing and the well.

1. راجع المرسوم رقم 11614 تاريخ 1/4/1969 المتعلق باكتساب غير اللبنانيين الحقوق العينية العقارية في لبنان، المنشور لاحقاً.

ARTICLE 213

Ownership of Buildings, Plantings, and Structures on Land*

Buildings, plantings, and structures on any land are presumed to have been made by the landowner at his own expense and to belong to him, unless there is evidence to the contrary.

ARTICLE 214

Payment for Materials*

A landowner who builds on his land using materials belonging to another, or sows it with seeds belonging to another, is not required to return those materials or seeds, but must pay their value to their owner.

ARTICLE 215

Conditions of Acquisition by Accession*

If a third party erects buildings or makes plantings on land belonging to another, using materials or plants belonging to the landowner, the landowner acquires those buildings or plantings by accession under the following conditions:

ARTICLE 216

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Good Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in good faith, he shall not be required to pay for fruits taken, or to pay for damage or deterioration caused by him; and if he has built or planted on land sought to be recovered, he cannot be compelled to demolish the buildings he erected or uproot the plantings he made, but shall be paid compensation for the improvement brought about on the land by those buildings and plantings. If the buildings or plantings exceed the value of the land, the holder of the buildings or plantings is entitled to acquire ownership of the land on which they stand after paying the owner the value of the bare land.

ARTICLE 217

Building and Planting on Another's Land in Bad Faith*

If the person who erected the buildings or made the plantings acted in bad faith, he must restore to the landowner the value of the fruits he received. Even if he is not responsible for a loss resulting from a fall in prices, he is liable for damage or deterioration even where it has not been caused by him. He may be required to demolish the buildings or uproot the plantings, unless the landowner prefers to keep them and pay their owner the mere cost of materials and plants, after deducting the costs of removal if he is compelled to remove them. Upon expiry of the usufruct term, these provisions apply to a usufructuary who has erected buildings or made plantings on the land.

ARTICLE 218

Rights of the Owner of Materials*

If the plantings or buildings have been made or erected by a third party using materials not belonging to him, the owner of those materials has no right to reclaim them but is entitled to compensation payable by that third party and also by the landowner, but from the latter only to the extent of the value remaining in his hands.

ARTICLE 219

Partition of Property — Plantings on Co-owned Property Without the Co-owners' Permission*

If the plantings or buildings were made or erected on co-owned property by one of the co-owners without the permission of the other co-owners, the property shall be partitioned where necessary at the direction of the court, which shall then apply to each share the provisions of Article 216.

ARTICLE 229

Disposition of Inherited Immovables*

An heir acquires by succession the immovables included in the estate; however, he may not dispose of them vis-à-vis third parties until they are registered in the land register.

ARTICLE 230

Estates*

Estates are governed by the provisions of general law.

ARTICLE 231

Right of a Foreigner to Inherit or Receive a Bequest*

A foreigner is only entitled to inherit or receive a bequest of real property if the laws of his country accord Syrians and Lebanese reciprocal rights. A foreigner's real property estate by inheritance or bequest is governed by the laws of his country.

Subsection 3

Gifts Inter Vivos

ARTICLE 10

Real Rights*

The following real rights may exist over immovable property:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf (right of disposition)
  3. 3)Superficie (surface right)
  4. 4)Usufruct
  5. 5)Right of priority over vacant waste lands
  6. 6)Real easements
  7. 7)Rights of pledge: mortgage (rahn) and sale with right of redemption
  8. 8)Privileges and charges
  9. 9)Waqf (endowment)
  10. 10)Double lease (ijaratain)
  11. 11)Long lease (emphyteusis)
  12. 12)Option arising from a sale with right of redemption.

1. في ما يتعلق بقسمة الأراضي الأميرية الموقوفة، راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 1/1329.

2. في ما يتعلق بجزئية الأراضي المشاعية، راجع القرار رقم 171 تاريخ 3/10/1926، المنشور مع الأحكام المتعلقة بالأراضي المشاعية.

3. راجع القانون العثماني الصادر بتاريخ 2/2/1328 المتعلق بتصرف الاشخاص المعنيين بالأموال غير المنقولة.

ARTICLE 20

Rights of a Co-owner in Jointly Held Property*

No co-owner of jointly held immovable property may exercise his rights over the entire property or over a specified portion of it without the consent of the remaining co-owners. Nor may he exercise any right whatsoever over a co-owner's share without that co-owner's permission; however, the consent of an absent co-owner shall be presumed to have been given at all times in matters relating to the management and administration of the property, provided no harm accruing to the absent co-owner from such management exceeds the value of his share, calculated at the minimum. This provision does not preclude the application of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 establishing the land registration system.

1. Regarding the establishment of concise rules for resolving co-ownership in properties having ten or more owners, see Law No. 16 of 6 March 1982, published in the section on co-ownership.

ARTICLE 21

Determining the Manner of Enjoyment of Co-owned Property*

The co-owners shall, by mutual agreement, determine the manner of enjoyment of the co-owned property, and the fruits of the property shall be distributed in proportion to the respective shares, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 22

Payment of Expenses*

Each co-owner of jointly held property is obligated to pay, in proportion to his share, the costs of administration, repair, maintenance, and the taxes and levies applicable to the co-owned property. A co-owner who has advanced all or part of such expenses is entitled to recover them, unless they were incurred solely for the purpose of improving or beautifying the property, in which case they remain the liability of the person who incurred them.

ARTICLE 23

Disposition by a Co-owner of His Rights in the Property*

Each co-owner may freely dispose of his rights in the property; he may transfer them to a third party or create a charge over them without the consent of his co-owners, but he may not mortgage his share.

ARTICLE 24

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 25

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 26

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 27

Repealed by the Law of 21 December 1954.

Amended 1954
ARTICLE 84

Right to Create Easements*

Landowners may create over or for the benefit of their properties any easements they wish, provided that such easements are not imposed on persons or for the benefit of persons but rather on or for the benefit of land, and do not contravene public policy. The manner of use of such easements and their extent are defined by the instrument creating them; if no instrument exists, the following rules shall apply:

ARTICLE 143

Prohibition on Assignment of the Creditor's Right*

A creditor holding a charge may not assign his right to a third party without the debtor's express consent, unless the contract contains a clear provision authorising him to do so (for example, where the contract states that the charge is to bearer).

ARTICLE 144

Procedures for Assigning the Creditor's Right*

Assignment of the right is effected either by registration in the land register or in the charges register, or by endorsing the registration certificate. In the latter case, the endorser's signature must be officially certified in accordance with the provisions of Articles 59, 60, and 61 of Decree No. 188 issued by the High Commissioner of the French Republic on 15 March 1926.

ARTICLE 145

Right of Pursuit*

Holders of debts secured by a charge over an immovable may pursue it in whatever hands it passes and receive the amounts allocated to them, each according to his registered rank.

ARTICLE 193

Definition of Long Lease (Emphyteusis)*

A long lease (emphyteusis / muqata'a) is a contract whereby its holder acquires, for a specified consideration, the right to erect whatever buildings and make whatever plantings he wishes on waqf property; and he may thereby acquire exclusive ownership of those buildings and plantings within the conditions specified in Article 196.

1. i.e., 'd'une manière exclusive' — exclusively.

ARTICLE 194

Long Lease with Muqata'a*

The long lease with muqata'a — that is, with a fixed annual payment — is the only contract authorised; no other contract is permitted.

ARTICLE 195

Consideration and Rights Arising from Long-Lease Contracts*

The consideration shall be a specified sum of money equivalent to the value of the right transferred, to which is added a perpetual annuity at the rate of two and a half per mille of the value of the property as assessed for the purpose of levying the real property tax. The rights arising from long-lease contracts other than muqata'a, acquired prior to the entry into force of this Decree, must be redeemed by purchase pursuant to the provisions of Decree No. 80 of 29 December 1926.

1. أي: بالاستقلال d'une manière exclusive

ARTICLE 196

Acquisition of Ownership of the Property*

The holder of the right of muqata'a may at any time acquire ownership of the property for a purchase price equivalent to thirty annual instalments.

ARTICLE 197

Muqata'a Contract*

Prior judicial authorisation must be obtained before concluding a muqata'a contract.

ARTICLE 198

Definition of the Ownership Rights of the Muqata'a Holder*

The holder of the right of muqata'a is the owner of the buildings erected and the plantings made on the waqf property; he uses, enjoys, and disposes of them with full freedom as an owner. He may specifically transfer them with or without consideration, mortgage them, create a charge over them, create a waqf over them, or impose any other real right or easement within the limits of his right.

ARTICLE 199

The Endowed Land*

The endowed land shall be treated as an appurtenance of the buildings erected on it and the plantings growing in it; the land is therefore included in any transfer, unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

ARTICLE 200

Transfer of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is transferable by inheritance or by bequest in accordance with the rules applicable to freehold (milk) properties.

ARTICLE 201

Forfeiture of the Muqata'a Holder's Right*

If no trace whatsoever of buildings or plantings remains on the land, the right of the muqata'a holder is forfeited if he fails to rebuild those buildings or replant within three years following a notice served on him by the waqf trustee, or if he fails to pay three years' due annual annuity. Forfeiture of the right in these two cases is declared by court order.

ARTICLE 202

Extinction of the Right of Muqata'a*

The right of muqata'a is extinguished by consolidation of rights in the same person, by forfeiture of the right by its holder, or by extinction of the heirs; in all three cases the right reverts to the waqf.

ARTICLE 203

Provisions Applicable to Rights of Ijaratain and Long Lease*

The provisions relating to co-ownership and partition apply to the rights of ijaratain and long lease (muqata'a).

ARTICLE 232

Law Applicable to Foreigners*

The provisions of local law relating to gifts apply to foreigners.

1. See the provisions on gifts in the Code of Obligations and Contracts issued on 9 March 1932, in particular Articles 504 to 532 thereof.

ARTICLE 233

Capacity to Create a Waqf and Form of the Constitutive Instrument*

The capacity to create a waqf and the form of its constitutive instrument are governed by the provisions of local law.

Subsection 4

Occupation (Istighal)

ARTICLE 28

Right of Superficie*

Superficie is the right of ownership in buildings, structures, or plantings standing on land belonging to another person.

1. في ما يتعلق بتحديد أصول موجزة لإزالة الشيوع في العقارات التي يبتعد مالكوها العشرة، راجع القانون رقم 16 تاريخ 1982/3/6

ARTICLE 29

Transfer of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie may be transferred and may be the subject of a charge. An easement may be imposed over property subject to a right of superficie, but only within the limits compatible with the exercise of that right of superficie.

ARTICLE 30

Extinction of the Right of Superficie*

The right of superficie is extinguished:

  1. 1)By consolidation with the right of ownership of the land in the same persons and in the same proportions of ownership.
  2. 2)By the total destruction of the buildings or structures, or by the destruction or disappearance of the plantings, that form the subject-matter of the right.
  3. 3)Buildings or structures that have become unfit for the use for which they were intended are deemed to be destroyed; the holder of the superficie may not rebuild them for renewed use, nor may he restore the plantings after his right has been extinguished. Nor may the holder of the right of superficie add any new structures.
  4. 4)The right of superficie remains confined to the buildings, structures, or plantings originally covered by the right.
  5. 5)Where it is established that the existence of the right of superficie impedes the exploitation of the land or its security, or that the benefit expected from it is so slight as to be disproportionate to the economic loss thereby caused to the land.
  6. 6)The land registrar shall cancel the right of superficie by administrative act in the case provided for in paragraph (1) of this article.
  7. 7)In all other cases, the extinction of the right of superficie is established by a judgment having the force of res judicata, rendered upon an action brought by the landowner before the civil single judge who applies the procedural rules governing urgent matters.
  8. 8)The landowner is required to pay the holder of the right of superficie compensation assessed by the competent court, not exceeding three times the value of the buildings, structures, or plantings subject to the right as at the date of commencement of the proceedings, in the cases set out in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this article.
Amended 2001
ARTICLE 31

Creation of the Right of Superficie*

No right of superficie may be created except as from the date of entry into force of this Decree.

ARTICLE 85

Use of Easements*

Whoever has created an easement is deemed to have implicitly granted everything necessary for its exercise. Thus the right to draw water from a spring necessarily includes the right of way over the land where the spring is located.

ARTICLE 86

Structures Necessary for the Exercise and Maintenance of the Easement*

The owner of the dominant tenement has the right to construct in the servient tenement all structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement.

ARTICLE 87

Costs of Structures*

The costs of structures necessary for the exercise and maintenance of the easement shall be borne by the owner of the dominant tenement.

ARTICLE 88

Subdivision of the Dominant Tenement*

If the dominant tenement is subdivided, the right of easement shall remain attached to each part of it without thereby increasing the burden on the servient tenement. For example, in the case of a right of way, all of the co-owners of the property must use the same route.

ARTICLE 89

Limitation of Use of the Easement*

The owner of the servient tenement may not carry out any act aimed at diminishing the use of the easement or making it more burdensome. In particular, he may not change the situation of the land or move the easement to a location other than that originally assigned to it. However, if the easement in its original location has become more burdensome for the owner of the servient tenement or prevents him from making useful improvements, he may offer the owner of the dominant tenement a location equally convenient for the exercise of his rights; and the latter may not refuse such an offer. Every holder of an easement may use it only in accordance with the terms of the instrument creating it, and may not carry out on his own land or on the servient tenement any act that would aggravate the burden on that tenement.

ARTICLE 146

Disposition of Charged Property*

The debtor or the depositary may freely dispose of the charged property and may, in accordance with the rules set out below, discharge the obligation before maturity without the consent of the creditors holding charges.

ARTICLE 147

Sale of Charged Property*

If the debtor sells the property or the right subject to a charge after the charge agreement is concluded, the third party to whom the property is transferred, who is a party to the proceedings, has the option either to pay the pursuing creditor the full capital with interest and costs, or to submit to the procedures of compulsory expropriation initiated by the creditor.

ARTICLE 148

Deterioration of Charged Property*

If the charged property or properties suffer deterioration or damage rendering them insufficient as security for the creditor, the creditor is entitled to demand immediate repayment of his capital following a court declaration of insufficiency, or to demand additional security. Insurance indemnities shall in principle be applied to restore the property to its former state, subject to their being sufficient for that purpose. Restoration shall be carried out and the funds disbursed under the supervision of the creditor or creditors holding charges on terms agreed between them and the debtor; if no agreement is reached, the matter is decided by the court. If the insurance indemnity is insufficient, or if the debtor renounces restoration of the property, the indemnity shall be paid to the holders of privileged debts and charges entitled to participate in the distribution, each according to his debt rank; the debtor's right to the benefit of the term shall be reduced by the amount of such payment.

ARTICLE 149

Action for Damages*

If the person to whom the charged property is transferred makes alterations to the property, damage resulting from his acts or neglect that prejudices the creditors holding charges entitles them to bring an action for damages against him. He, for his part, may claim expenses he deemed it necessary to incur for the maintenance and upkeep of the property.

ARTICLE 234

Definition of Occupation (Istighal)*

Occupation grants the first occupant, by virtue of a legal permit from the State, the right to be preferred over all others in acquiring the right of tasarruf over vacant waste land.

ARTICLE 235

Right to Register the Tasarruf*

A holder of a right of priority who proves, after three years, that he has cultivated the land, erected buildings thereon, made plantings, or improved it within the conditions set out in the special regulations governing State property, acquires free of charge the right to register the tasarruf in respect of the part he has cultivated, planted, built upon, or improved; however, he forfeits the right of tasarruf if, after registration, he abandons the exercise of his right for three consecutive years during the ten years following registration.

ARTICLE 236

Prohibition on Acquiring Rights Over Registered Property*

Occupation does not confer any right whatsoever over property already registered in the land register or under the administration of State property, nor over forests, public dedicated lands, or protected public domain lands.

ARTICLE 237

Division of Treasure Trove*

Treasure found in the ground shall be divided as follows: three-fifths to the landowner, one-fifth to the finder, and the remaining fifth to the public treasury, subject to the restrictions set out in the applicable laws and regulations concerning mines and antiquities.

Subsection 5

Pre-emption (Shuf'a)

ARTICLE 32

Right of Usufruct*

Usufruct is a real right to use and enjoy a thing belonging to another, and it is extinguished ipso jure upon the death of the usufructuary. A right of usufruct may not be created in favour of legal persons.

ARTICLE 33

Creation of the Right of Usufruct*

A right of usufruct is created by the mere declaration of will and may be created for a term or subject to a condition.

ARTICLE 34

Rights Over Which a Usufruct May Be Created*

In real property matters, a right of usufruct may be created over the following rights:

  1. 1)Ownership
  2. 2)Tasarruf
  3. 3)Superficie
  4. 4)Double lease (ijaratain)
  5. 5)Long lease (emphyteusis).
ARTICLE 90

Extinction of Easements by Cancellation*

An easement is extinguished by cancellation of the registration entry. Cancellation is effected by agreement of the parties or by court order. The court may order cancellation if the easement is of no benefit or if it is impossible to enforce it.

ARTICLE 150

Extinction of Charge by Cancellation*

A charge is extinguished by cancellation. Cancellation takes effect:

  1. 1)By extinction of the obligation secured by the charge.
  2. 2)By the creditor's renunciation of his right.
ARTICLE 238

Definition of the Right of Pre-emption*

Pre-emption (shuf'a) is a right entitling its holder to substitute himself for the buyer in respect of the property sold, in the circumstances and on the conditions set out in the following articles. The right of pre-emption applies to freehold (milk) properties and to miri lands. Rights of preference (rujhan) and tapu rights under Ottoman land law are hereby abolished.

1. Pursuant to Article 5 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995 (concerning the amendment of certain provisions on pre-emption): 'The following provisions shall apply to pending actions at the date of entry into force of this Law: If the court finds that the right of pre-emption is based on a valid legal ground, the buyer from whom pre-emption is sought shall be awarded the compensation provided for in Article 249 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930. The buyer from whom pre-emption is sought may also be awarded compensation in addition to the pre-emption compensation, not exceeding 15% of the value of the property as assessed by the court on the date of entry into force of this Law. In such case, the pre-emptor may request the court to grant him a period for payment and to spread the additional compensation in instalments pursuant to Article 300 of the Code of Obligations and Contracts, subject to all instalments being paid no later than one year from the date of the judgment. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to actions that have been the subject of final and irrevocable judgments, whether or not enforcement has been sought. Paragraph (2) of this article shall not apply to pre-emption actions brought after the entry into force of this Law.'

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 239

Establishment of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption vests:

  1. 1)In the owner of the bare property, if the right of usufruct is sold, whether the sale covers the entire right or part of it.
  2. 2)In a co-owner in jointly held property, if a share or more is sold to a person who is not a co-owner.
  3. 3)In the holder of the right of usufruct, if the bare ownership is sold, whether the sale covers the entire bare ownership or part of it.
  4. 4)All other rights of pre-emption that arose before the entry into force of this Law and have not yet been exercised are hereby extinguished.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 240

Competing Pre-emptors*

If pre-emptors from different categories compete, the right of pre-emption shall be exercised according to the order of priority set out in Article 239 above. If pre-emptors from the same category compete, the right of each shall be proportional to his share; if one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors may exercise the right in proportion to their respective shares.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 241

Repealed by Article 3 of Law No. 461 of 31 August 1995.

Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 242

Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption belongs to the persons referred to in Article 239 whose title deed pre-dates the buyer's title deed.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 243

Transfer of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption passes upon the death of its holder to his heirs. It may not be transferred to a third party.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 244

Exercise of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised against the buyer or the donee for value. In the latter case, the right of pre-emption is subject to the same grounds of nullity, voidability, and cancellation as the gift itself. A pre-emption action does not lie in respect of an exchange of immovables or in respect of a sale between spouses, or between an ascendant and a descendant, or between brothers and sisters.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 245

Indivisibility of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is indivisible and may not be exercised or waived except in full. If there are multiple pre-emptors of equal rank and one or more of them waives his right, the remaining pre-emptors must either all claim pre-emption or all waive it. However, if there are multiple buyers, the pre-emptor may take the share of one of them only.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 246

Forfeiture of the Right of Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption is forfeited:

  1. 1)If the pre-emptor fails to exercise it within the legal periods specified in the next two articles.
  2. 2)If the pre-emptor, prior to registration, expressly waives it in a written instrument of a duly established date that contains the name of the buyer, the price, and the conditions, and whose date does not pre-date registration by more than six months.
  3. 3)If the pre-emptor was the agent of the seller in the sale or a witness to the contract and signed without reservation.
  4. 4)If the pre-emptor expressly or impliedly waives his right after registration; however, after an action for pre-emption has been filed, such waiver is only valid with the buyer's consent.
Amended 1948
ARTICLE 247

Period for Exercising the Right of Pre-emption*

After registration of the property, the buyer may notify pre-emptors of the registration through the notary for persons domiciled in Lebanon, and in accordance with Article 362 of the Code of Civil Procedure for persons residing abroad, stating in the notice the property sold and its description, the date of registration, the names and addresses of the contracting parties, the price, and the contractual conditions. The pre-emptor must exercise his right within ten days of notification, after adding a period for distance, under penalty of forfeiture.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 248

Effect of Notification*

If the notification provided for in the preceding article has not been given, the right of pre-emption lapses after one year from the date of registration of the contract in the land register. This period runs against incapacitated persons and absent persons. The period referred to in this article and in the preceding article is only interrupted by the filing of a pre-emption action before the court having jurisdiction in the place where the property is situated, determined by the amount stated in the contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 249

Compensation in Pre-emption*

The right of pre-emption may only be exercised on condition that the holder fully compensates the buyer. This compensation includes:

  1. 1)The sale price that must be reimbursed and actually deposited on the day the pre-emption action is filed at the latest, unless the registered contract provides for deferred payment. The offer and actual deposit shall be made in the registry of the competent court hearing the pre-emption action.
  2. 2)Contract expenses, including official registration fees and the agent's commission, provided this commission does not exceed the amount fixed by the legal schedule.
  3. 3)The value of improvements made to the property by the buyer's acts, without regard to economic appreciation resulting from market fluctuations.
Amended 1948Amended 1995
ARTICLE 250

Transfer of the Pre-empted Property to a Third Party*

If the pre-empted property has been transferred to a third party by registration in the land register prior to the filing of the pre-emption action, pre-emption may only be exercised against the second buyer and on the conditions on which he purchased.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 251

Determination of the True Price*

If there is a dispute between the buyer and the holder of the right of pre-emption as to the amount of the price of the pre-empted property, the court shall determine the true price having regard to the value of the pre-empted property. The buyer may not be heard to claim that the price is higher than that stated in the registered contract.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 252

Acquisition by the Pre-emptor of the Right to Registration*

The right of pre-emption is established and the pre-emptor acquires the right to registration either by the buyer's voluntary delivery of the pre-empted property after payment of the price and its accessories as specified in Article 249, or by a judgment rendered in favour of the pre-emptor.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 253

Effects of Pre-emption*

The pre-emptor is deemed to have purchased from the buyer, and the pre-emption has between them the effects of a sale. The pre-emptor is not entitled to benefit from any deferred payment provided for in the contract for the buyer's benefit, unless the court so decides subject to such guarantees as it deems necessary. Where there is deferred payment as provided for in the contract, the court may not grant the pre-emptor a period for payment.

Amended 1948
ARTICLE 254

Pre-emption of Waqf Property*

There is no right of pre-emption in respect of waqf property, nor in respect of a sale by public auction conducted by the administration or the courts.

Amended 1948
Subsection 6

Prescription

ARTICLE 151

Cancellation of Entries*

Entries are cancelled by agreement of both parties having the requisite standing, or by a judgment having the force of res judicata. They may, however, be cancelled without the creditors' consent if the amount of the debt has been tendered after its maturity in a genuine and effective offer to the creditors and they have refused to accept it. A valid tender of the debt after its maturity discharges the debtor and, as against him, stands in lieu of payment, provided the offer was made in a proper form. The amount or thing tendered in this manner is held in trust for the creditor at his risk and responsibility.

ARTICLE 152

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 153

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 154

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 155

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 156

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 157

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 255

Running of Prescription*

Prescription does not run against the following real property rights, nor may ownership thereof be acquired by adverse possession:

  1. 1)Rights registered in the land register.
  2. 2)Property belonging to the State pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 of Decree No. 275 of 25 May 1926, whether identified, defined, and recorded or not yet subjected to those formalities.
  3. 3)Property of municipalities proper.
  4. 4)Communal lands (mushaa) owned by villages in communal ownership.
  5. 5)Courts hearing real property ownership cases, including real property judges, must join the Directorate General of Real Property Affairs — the department responsible for private State immovable property, and the municipalities concerned — as parties in every action or application asserting a right of ownership based on adverse possession, before rendering their judgments or orders.

1. Text of Article 255 prior to its amendment by Law No. 583 of 23 April 2004: 'Prescription does not run against rights registered in the land register or subject to the administration of State property.'

Amended 2004
ARTICLE 256

Prohibition on Acquiring the Right of Building Over Public Domain Property by Prescription*

No right whatsoever may be acquired by prescription over public dedicated, protected, or public domain properties.

ARTICLE 257

Acquisition of the Right to Registration in the Land Register by Adverse Possession*

The right to registration in the land register in respect of immovable property and rights not registered in the land register may be acquired by a person who possesses the property quietly, in good faith, and continuously for a period of ten years — either personally or through another person acting on his behalf — provided that possessor has a valid title deed; in the absence of such a title deed, the period required is fifteen years.

ARTICLE 258

Continuity of Adverse Possession*

Adverse possession is deemed continuous from the moment the possessor regularly and ordinarily exercises the right claimed. A person invoking prescription may rely on the possession of the person from whom the property came to him. A farmer, operator, custodian, borrower, or their heirs may not invoke prescription.

ARTICLE 259

Proof of Adverse Possession*

Adverse possession proven at a given time, together with current adverse possession, raises a presumption that possession continued during the intervening period, unless the contrary is proven.

ARTICLE 260

Acquisition of the Right to Register Tasarruf Over Miri Land*

The right to register tasarruf over miri lands not subject to State property administration is acquired by ten years of adverse possession with or without a title deed, provided that the possessor has been cultivating the land.

ARTICLE 261

Prohibition on Acquiring a Real Right Against One's Own Title Deed*

A person may not acquire by prescription a real right against his own personal title deed or against that of his predecessors.

ARTICLE 262

Prohibition on Advance Waiver of the Right of Prescription*

An advance waiver of the right of prescription is not permitted; however, any person of full legal capacity may waive in advance a right already acquired by prescription.

ARTICLE 263

Effect of Interruption of Prescription*

If prescription is interrupted, the period of adverse possession prior to the interruption shall not be counted.

ARTICLE 264

Interruption of Prescription*

Prescription is also interrupted whenever the possessor loses possession, even if that possession is lost through the act of a third party.

ARTICLE 265

Effect of Judicial Action*

Prescription is also interrupted when the owner of the property claims his right by judicial action, provided his action has not been abandoned and allowed to lapse.

ARTICLE 266

Non-running of Prescription*

In real property matters, prescription does not run against absent persons or against incapacitated persons by operation of law.

1. The meaning of the term 'absent persons' as used in Article 266 above was interpreted by Decree No. 323/L.R. of 6 December 1940 as follows: 'In the meaning intended by Article 266 of Decree No. 3339 of 12 November 1930 establishing a system of real property ownership and immovable real rights, the word "absent persons" must be understood to mean persons who have left their domicile and have had no news for a long time, in a manner that makes it unknown whether they are alive or dead.' — This Decree No. 323/1940 was subsequently repealed by Decree No. 53/L.R. of 5 March 1941; noted for reference.

Subsection 7

Effect of Contracts

ARTICLE 158

Compulsory Expropriation*

In the event of failure to pay the secured amounts at maturity, any creditor holding a charge, regardless of his rank, is entitled to pursue the compulsory expropriation of the property or the right subject to the charge. The pledgee-creditor or the buyer under a sale with right of redemption or with exploitation may exercise the same right, but may do so only after the debtor has been granted a non-revocable periodic notice for this purpose.

Amended 1932
ARTICLE 159

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 160

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 161

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 162

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 163

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 164

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 165

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 166

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 167

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 168

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 169

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 170

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 171

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 172

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 173

Repealed by Article 2 of Decree No. 48 of 28 March 1933.

Amended 1933
ARTICLE 267

Right to Register Real Property Rights*

The right to register real property rights is acquired by virtue of contracts. The special provisions on sale and gift apply to miri properties and to real rights pertaining to such properties.

Amended 1931
ARTICLE 268

Content of the Obligation to Deliver the Property*

The obligation to deliver a property includes the obligation to transfer it in the land register and to maintain it until transfer, under penalty of the creditor being compensated for damage and interest.

ARTICLE 269

Obligations of Transfer in the Land Register*

The obligations of transfer of property in the land register are governed by the provisions relating to sale, privileges, and charges, and by the provisions of Decrees Nos. 188 and 189 of 15 March 1926, concerning the establishment of the land register.

ARTICLE 270

Repeal of Conflicting Provisions*

The following are hereby repealed and shall remain repealed: the Imperial Irade of 5 Jumada al-Ula 1331 — 30 March 1329 concerning tasarruf, and the provisions of Titles II, III, IV and V of Decree No. 1329 of 20 March 1922. As from the date on which this Decree enters into force, the following shall cease to have effect: the laws, imperial irades, regulations, decrees of the High Commissioner, and local decrees — and in particular the provisions of property law, the provisions of the Mecelle, and other related laws — on all matters regulated by this Decree. Beirut, 12 November 1930 High Commissioner ad interim Signature: Teitro This Law was published in Official Gazette No. 2479 of 27 March 1931.

2. Note: The French text (which is the authentic text) reads: 'Art. 270 de l'arrêté 3339 «sont et demeurent abrogés... et les dispositions des titres 2, 3 et 4 de l'arrêté 1329 du 20-3-1922».' The word 'Titre' was sometimes rendered as 'Bab' (chapter) or 'Fasl' (section); Title IV does not contain any chapter or division, and is directly followed by Title V containing 'Provisional Provisions'. Title V (the last) is no longer in force and is addressed in Article 101 thereof which provides that the agreed interest rate in charge contracts may not exceed 12 per cent. The provisions of Titles I and V from Decree No. 1329 referred to above remain in force as they were not repealed by Article 270.

Amended 1932Amended 1934